Product Design
the New England Journal of Medicine
User-Contributed Notes
Fields
- Hypothesis
- Women TargetingCigarettes designed to target women
Document Images
N
The
New England
.
Journal o e iclne
FORMERLY THE BOSTON MEDICAL AND SURGICAL JOURNAL-Ettablished 1828
VOLUME 264
JUNE 15, 1961 NUMBER 24
Original Articles
The Nephrotic Syndrome as a Complication of
Perchlorate Treatment of Thyrotoxicosis . 1221
R. E. Lee, R. L. Vernier and R. _ A. Ulstrom
The Emerging Pattern of Urban Histoplasmosis:
Studies on an Epidemic in Mexico, Missouri 1226
M. L. Furcolow, F. E. Tosh, H. W. Larsh,
H. J. Lynch, Jr., and G. Shaw
Constrictive Pericarditis Due to Histoplasma
Capsulatum . . . . . . . . . . .
Charles F. Wooley and Don M. Hosier
Partial Anomalous Pulmonary Venous Connection
1230
with Unusual Variations . . . . . . . 1233
Robert B. Kalmansohn, James V. Maloney, Jr.,
and Richard W. Kalmansohn
Special Articles
An Appraisal of the Smoking-Lung-Cancer Issue 1235
Ernest L. Wynder
Some Phases of the Problem of Smoking and Lung
Cancer . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clarence C. Little
1241
Medical Progress
Intestinal Absorption - Aspects of Structure,
Function and Disease of the Small-Intestine
Mucosa ( Concluded ) . . . . . . . . 1246
Leonard Laster and Franz J. Ingelfinger
Medical Intelligence
Anuria as a Presenting Symptom in Unsuspected
Leukemia . . . . . . . . . . . . 1253
Jerrold Post
Hazards to Health: Effectiveness of Seat Belts in
Preventing Motor-Vehicle Injuries . . . 1254
Robert G. Frazier
Case Records of the Massachusetts
General Hospital . . . . 1256
Editorials
The Great Debate . . . . . . . . . . 1266
U rban Histoplasmosis . . . . . . . . . . 1267
Cost of Medical Care . . . . . . . 1267
Regarding Gamma Globulin . . . . . . . 1267
Massachusetts Department of Public Health . 1268 Book Review
Correspondence . . . . . 1268 Books Received
Notices . . . . .
1270
Second-Class postage paid at Boston, Mass. Published weekly at 8 Fenway, Boston 15. Domestic, $8.00
per year.
New (3rd) Edition! Sodeman's Pathologic Physiology
Gain greater accuracy in daily diagnostic and treatment
measures with the help of this lucidly written text.
28 outstanding contributors bring you the results of
their most recent investigations into the mechanisms of
disease. They show you how agents bring about dis-
ease - what causes a particular symptom - what
changes take place in the body during disease - how
one disordered system affects another.
This New (3rd) Edition represents a thorough revision
- skillfully holding normal physiology to the minimum
needed to satisfactorily understand and interpret the
abnormal. Completely rewritten sections include :
Genetics; Water and Electrolyte Balance; Protective
Mechanisms of the Lungs; Disorders of the Gallbladder
and Pancreas; and Diseases of the Nervous System.
1270
1270
You will find answers to hundreds of such basic ques-
tions as: How does cardiac hypertrophy lead to con-
gestive heart failure? How can you evaluate pulmonary
function in disease of the lung? What is the basis for
modern liver function tests? How do endocrine dis-
turbances affect blood formation? When is splenectomy
contraindicated in purpura? How does kidney disease
produce edema and how does it affect therapy?
The.physician who understands HOW and WHY dis-
ease symptoms occur will find himself on firmer ground
for making more accurate diagnoses and for instituting
effective treatment. This book offers doctors in every
field of medicine a vast store of usable information on
mechanisms of disease.
By 28 AMERICAN AUTHORITIES. Edited by WILLIAM A. SODEMAN, M.D., Sc.D., F.A.C.P., Dean and
Professor of Medicine, Jefferson Medical College. 1182 pages, 6%2" x 94", with 194 illustrations.
About $14.00. New (3rd) Edition - Ready in July!
To Order See Saunders Ad and Coupon on Page xvii Inside ~
r

With ".rorer anedical management and adequate
control of s,.izUres, rpiieptic persons may lead pro-
ductive, ;anctioning lives." To implement this goal,
many ciinicians rely on DILaNTiN for outstanding
control of grand mal and psychomotor attacks.
"ln most Cases DILANTIN is the drug of choice.:..
Toxic symptoms are uncommon and when they do
appear they are usually readily controlled; the drug
is and s.Ijidely available."' DILANTIN
vv~i; :;n ~dantoin sodium, ''nrae-Davis)
is 2,; ,i;: uo3 in saverai iorms, inciariing Xapseais,
0.C3 ';i. ;nd 0.11 Om., bottles op 100 and 1,000.
I FA ;:ii`',' ;FIF .,J T;3 0 ;l'JU L13 A I I TS
for }h, rjSvcna- HELPSKEEPNIM
motor r:!*.,r'~: =yELANTSNJ IN THE
:~.~.~
apsauis ;~,l~,ni ;,n , ~~ mg.,
phenoi,,z:; '-ji.n! A ;-n,., d es- MIDSTOFTHINGS
oxye,~~: ~wri:; ~.° :°urocnloride 2.5 mg.), bottles of 3 00.
for "AILONTIN` Xaps2als (phen-
suxir;,i Dm., ~ottles of 100 and
mnT. ,er 4 cc., 1o-ounca
bottl (mathsuximi;le,
Parke-C<.;. i :-'_, aoNTIN=
Capsu;_n s
i.25 G rn
bottles ;r aataiis
of

!
a breathing sperl*fr
Quadrina
mom
a rapid way to clear the airway
stops wheezing
increases cough effectiveness
relieves spasm
In chronic disorders associated with obstructed respiration, t'ne dependable antispasmodic and
expectorant
actian of Quadrinal rapidly clears the bronchial tree. Patients breathe more easily and acute
episadeo~ of
bronchaspasm are often eliminated Quadrinal is well toferated, even on'prolonged
a1~miru7tratiarr"'~
~
REM
potassium iodide in Quadrinal provides an
expectorant of time-tested effectiveness and sclfety;
-
tndications: Bronchialasthma, chronic hro ~ch :i;, pulmonary fibrosis, pulmonary emphysema.
tfvadrinak iAblets, containing ephedrine HCl (24 mg.)
, fl
phenobarbltat t24 mg),`Phyllicin" ;theoptr,Jirne ralr um
salicylate) tt3p mg.},andpotassi>#m iodids..0.3 Gm.k+
. ~ -
~
"-~'' I
Alsa availahle-
a new Quadrina[ dosage form with#aste-appeaf for all dge R: ~~ ~~ '
fruit-flavored QUADRINAC SUSPENSI1N (1 teaspoonful '.)uadrfr:ai Tabi2t1' t
KNOLL PHARMACEUTICAL COMPANY, ORANGE, NEW aERSEvi rR
'Quadrinal. Phyllicin"
:.5
Ft
~w ^8k%Alr.rWX irK
`R#
N<
e
i:
a
a

nearly identical to mother's milk' in nutritional breadth and balance
A new infant formula
Enfamilm
Infant formula
Five years of research and 41,000 patient days
of clinical trials demonstrate the excellent per-
formance of Enfamil. This new infant formula
satisfies babies and they thrive on it. Digestive
upsets are few and stool patterns are normal.
Enfamil produces good weight gains. In a
well-controlled institutional study2 covering
the crucial first 8 weeks of life, Enfamil pro-
duced average weight gains of 11.3 ounces
every 2 weeks during the course of the study.
Enfamil is nearly identical to mother's milk'
in caloric distribution of protein, fat and car-
bohydrate in vitamin content (vitamin D added
in accordance with NRC recommendations)
in osmolar load in ratio of unsaturated to
saturated fatty acids in absence of measura-
ble curd tension for enhanced digestibility
Babies started on Enfalnil stay on Enfamil
1. The Composition of Milks, Publication 254, National Academy of Scienees and tiational Research
Council. Revised 1953.
2. Brown, G.W.; Tuholski, J.M.; Sauer, L.W.: :4finsk, L.D.. and Ro.enstern.l.: J. Pediat. 56:391
(\lar.) 1960.
fl Mead Johnson
Laboratories
Synobol of service in medicine

in severe drug and food sensitivity...
rapid relief and control
of symptoms on short-term
therapy with Decadron®
Brief treatment with DECADRON-orally or parenterally-can provide rapid and effective control of
allergic emergencies and acute allergic
disorders such as reactions to foods, drugs, plants, weeds, and animals. In 40 patients given
Injection DECADRON Phosphate, "subjective
improvement was often noticed within one hour and objective improvement recorded within four
hours."t Therapeutic doses of
steroids may help prevent recurrences of severe allergic states, without interfering with
desensitization or other immunity procedures.2
Before prescribinQ or administering DecADeON, the physician should consult the detailed information
oa use accompanying the package or available on request
References: 1. 6rater, W. C.: Southern M. 1. 53:1144, 1960. 2. Feinberg, S. M.: Med. Sci. 6:(No.
3)181, 1959.
Su plied: As 0.75 mt;. and 0.5 mg. scnred, pentagooshaped tablets in bottles of 100 and 1000. As
fnJectien DECADRON Phosphate in 5 ce. vials, each cc. cantaininQ 4 mg. of dexamethasone 21-phosphate
as
the disodium salt: inactive Ingredients: 8 mg. creatinine, 10 mg. sodium citrate; sodium hydroxide
to pH 7.8, and water for injection q.s. I cc.; preservatives: 0.32 per cent sodium bisuifite and 0.5
per cent
phenol. DECADRON Is a trademark of Merck & Co., Inc.
S MERCK SHARP L DOHME
411)
Division of Merck & Co., INC., West Point, Pa.
ffs
uecadio
Decadron_
TREATS MORE PATIENTS MORE EFFECTIVELY
DECADa00: Recommended dosage schedule in the treatment of drug and food sensitivity reactions
time amount administration
.. O t;:n [C. , t7 3 rls'.i
rcilon .~a;iW Phnspnate
..trdntuscLl3r ^.it0d 3S n7c,',s57r; i .. ...-. ° ljolet UterJCy, +(iie tne fvst
c-al r.ase lonr or fe7`.z:rs rore ttt: finat parenterat dose.)
"
2nd day two0.75mg.TabletsDECa0R0N b.i.d.
3rd day two 0.75 mg.Tablets DECa0e0N b.i.d.
4th day one 0.75 mg.Tabtet DECAOROe b.i.d.
5th day one 0.75 mg.Tablet DECADRON per day
6th day one 0.75 mg.Tablet DECADRON per day
7th day RETURN VISIT
t
!

contain an ootimai ratio ef inetn-jn~onetamine and
enobarbit~l to suporess acpetite and ease emotional
symptoms of tooo wi"tnnravrai. ;.- ,r- proved Mental
; pro:iuced b_ Amb r _ ;i s , ,e ~xtra nncour-
=ern~nt i:te a
7aluncod rr.er-_II ,vei~ht ;>ian. Am`..::r
resr,onse
.~..;i ^~
StJpp led. .lmbar 7- ' Ytentab coflt-. InS: "' -tn3,i1
eti-rne HGi 1~ e.. I ^P p rr,ii .I 54 c rn ;. '.' ;,r.).
=.=1c'1 .'.znbar I .-'XteRtab c'7`."71r etnamnnet3m ~e
Extentab" before breakfast pro:,;aes nppetite and mood
control for 10 to 12 hours, in 3 sm ;le,cor;troi'~.ed-release,
extended action tabfet-
;;iso available are regular AMBAR TABLETS. Each contains
rnetnamphetamine HCI 3.33 m-,.. phenobarbital 21.6 m,.,
('. 3r.). For uso in convent!oro: dosade schedules (one
or t,vo t.i.d.). or for intermittent or suoplemental theraov.
Precautions: .',dnn;nister A.rnhsr .'nth caution to patients
::ith car_i,ovascular dis, ~se or h~~~perthvroidism. Con;r~-
,;i;c,atad in . ., e it:1 ,. :ncr:sies to,vard .:ar'r.i,u
:tas or sy mr. t~emi^ietics. sc.asional side erfects scc`1
::s nervnusness or excitement fiave been moted
, e usua;ly intre~~uent and sli;nt when Ambar's reccr~i-
. ,ondeci dosa-c, _.re folio:red.
,~' '- ~N
.. Fi ROBINS r.o., i 7(.. ~ Fi~.1r)rlu Vn- a~
.:+
__.. ..~_, , .. .,~., . ..,, .. .. . ~ T~

THE NEW ENGLAND JOURNAL OF MEDICINE
Bendectin r-
at bedtime
prevents
morning
sickness
here
For,nuta:
Each white, specially coated tablet contains:
Bentyl (dicyclomine) Hydrochloride .......... 10 mg.
Decapryn (doxylamine) Succinate .............. 10 mg.
Pyridoxine Hydrochloride .............................. 10 mg.
1. Middleton, T. F.: Postgrad. Med. 24:699. 1958.
2. Nulsen, R. 0.: Ohio State M. J. 51:665, 1959.
3. Personal communications, 1956-57.
4. Towne, J. E.: Internat. Rec. Med. l; t:583, 1958.
Geiger, C. J., et al.: Obst. & Gynec. :;:688, 1959.
June 15, 1961
"...I have gained the best results
with f Bendectin]. .. Because these
tablets have a protective coating
... the dose taken at night be-
comes effective in the morning."1
BENDECTIN
Measure your present therapy against these
demonstrated advantages:
proved relief in more than 9 out of 10
patients2-5 no phenothiazine-like side effects
n daily therapy costs less than a quart of milk
DOSAGE : Two tablets at bedtime.
suPPLY : Bottles of 100 and 500.
ra..ocnnans: eeHOCCIH®, eEN.vi®, occ.Pnrn®
U
Merrell
®
THE WM, S. MERRELL COMPANY
Division of Richardson-Merrell Inc.
Cincinnati, Ohio Weston, Ontario
,

~.. 's Vol. 264 No. 24
ADVERTISING SECTION
in edema or hypertenslon 1
,
more doctors are prescribing-
more patients are receiuing the benefits of
more clinical evidence exists for-
See
"Dr.B"on NBC-TV
:
TUESDAY NIGHT,IUNE 27,1961
A P=rtrait ot !ne larnJr oirsioan anj - meoal ;
_:ntt~Oulicn5 ;o 11. neal!r, cl !tle
CHLOROTHIAZIDE
than for any other diuretic-antihypertensive
DIURIL is unique. There is no other brand
of chlorothiazide.
Dosage: Edema-One or two 500-mg. tablets
DIURIL once or twice a day. Hypertension-
One 250-mg. tablet DIURIL or one 500-mg.
tablet DIURIL two to three times a day.
Supplied: 250-mg. and 500-mg. scored tab-
lets DIURIL chlorothiazide in bottles of 100
and 1000.
DIURIL is a trademark of Merck & Co., INC.
Additional information is available to the physician on request.
MERCK SHARP & DOHME
QS~ Division of Merck & Co., INC., West Point, Pa.
HYNrRrENSiON CONGESTIVE FAILURE t`RLraLNSTRUAL ttNSiON EDEMAOF PREGNANCY CiitHtioSiS:^:iTH
A~sciiLS RENAL EDEMA
L
i

x
TI-IE NEW ENGLAND JOURNAL OF MEDICINE
Protects the angina patient
better than vasodilators alone
Unless the coronary patient's ever-present
anxiety about his condition can be
controlled, it can easily induce an
anginal attack or, in cases of myocardial
infarction, can delay recovery.
This is why Miltrate gives better
protection for the heart than vasodilators
alone in coronary insufficiency, angina
pectoris and postmyocardial infarction.
Miltrate contains PETN (pentaerythritol
tetranitrate), acknowledged as basic
therapy for long-acting vasodilation.. . .
REFERENCES: 1. Ellis. L.. B. el nf.: Circulatiun 17:9+5, Mav 1958.
2. Friedlander, H. S.: Am. J. Cardiol. 1:395, Mar. 1958. 3. Rlseman,
J.E.F.: Kew England J. \1cd. 261:1017. Nov. 12, 195!1. 4. Russck. H. 1.
et a[.: Circulation 1?:169, Ang. 1955. 65. Russek, FI. 1.: Am. J. Cardiol.
3:547, April 1959. S.Tortora, A. R.: Ucl:Yware \I. J. 70:298, Oct. 1!1!iR.
7. 1Valdman, S. and Pehier, L.: Am. Pract. & Dige.t Treat. 8:1075,
Jtdy 1957.
Supplied: Bnttles of 50 tablets. Each tablet contains 200 mg.
Miltown and 10 mg. pentacrythritol tetranitrate.
Dosags: I or 2 tablets q.i.d. before rnrnfr and at bedtime,
according to indiridual reyuirenrents. - asts
June 15, 1961
What is more important-Miltrate provides
Miltown, a tranquilizer which, unlike
phenobarbital, relieves tension in the
apprehensive angina patient without
inducing daytime fogginess.
Thus, your patient's cardiac reserve is
protected against his fear and concern
about his condition; his operative arteries
are dilated to enhance myocardial blood
supply-and he can carry on normal
activities more effectively since his mental
acuity is unimpaired by barbiturates.
Miltownm (meGrobamate)+PETN
, j WALLACE LABORATORIES / CrrtnbNrp, N. J,
U

Vol. 264 No. 24
ADVERTISING SECTION
when an antihistamine alone is not
enough... 'ACTIYS
ANTIHISTAMINICDECONGESTANT
i
relieves the sneeze, wheeze, and
other symptoms of
HAY FEVER and
ALLERGIES
effective in low dosage
safe even for the youngest children
Combining 'Actidil' (an antihistamine of unusually high potency)
with 'Sudafed' (an orally effective nasal decongestant), 'ACTIFED'
is "effective in a significant percentage of cases of seasonal and
nonseasonal allergic rhinitis failing to respond to antihistamines
alone."'
good to excellent results in rhinitis previously resistant to antihistamines
:
Seasonal Adults
Hay Fever,
137 Patients* _Childreti
Nonseasonal Adults
Rhinitis;
150 Patients* Chlfdren ~
70°o relieved ?
_ _ . .
~t7°le__relkv
33°io relieved
~~ ~44% relieved
Prescribe safe 'ACTIFED' in tablet form or as
a pteasanttasting syrup:
Each scored tablet contains -
'Actidil'® brand Triprolldlne Hydroohloride. ...,. 2.5 mg.
'Sudafed'O brand Pseudoephedrine Hydrochloride. . 60 mg.
Each 5 cc. teaspoonful of the syrup contains -
'Actidil' brand TriDrolidine Hydrochloride ....... 1.25 mg.
'Sudafed' brand Pseudoephedrine Hydrrochioride. 30 mg.
DOSAGE: (may be given 3 times daily, or, be-
cause 'Actifed' F(as such a wide margin of safety,
may be adjusted to provide optimal therapeutic
effect in stubborn cases)
Tablets Syrup
Adults and children over 6 years 1 2 tsp.
Children 4 months to 6 years. .. 1/2 1 tsp.
Infants up to 4 months ....... - 1/2 tsp.
(While pseudoephedrine causes virtually no
pressor effect in normotensive patients, it
should be used with caution in hypertensives;
and although triprolidine hydrochloride has an
unusually low incidence of antihistaminic drow-
siness, appropriate precautions should be
observed.)
1. Feinberg, S. M., Feinberg, A. R., and Fisherman, E. W.:
J. Indiana M. A. 52:2137 (Dec.) 1959. °Adapted from authors' table.
~ BURROUGHS WELLCOME & CO. (U.S.A.) INC., Tuckahoe, New York
xi

xii
THE NEW ENGLAND JOURNAL OF MEDICINE June 15, 1961
AN AMES CLINIQUICK®
CLINICAL BRIEFS FOR MODERN PRACTICE
Quality of diabetic control &
Quantitation of urine-sugar
In the diagnosis of diabetes, the urine-sugar
test may be little more than a screening adju-
vant. But in the everyday management of
diabetes, the urine-sugar test is the most prac-
tical guide we have.' Routine testing, however,
should not only detect, but also determine the
quantity of urine-sugar. Quantitative testing is
essential for satisfactory adjustment of diet, ex-
ercise and medication. Furthermore, day-to-day
control of diabetes is in the patient's hands.
Quality of control is thus best assured by the
urine-sugar test which permits the most accu-
rate quantitation practicable by the patient.
CuNITEST® permits a high degree of practical accuracy and is very convenient.' Its clinically
stand-
ardized sensitivity avoids trace reactions, 'and a standardized color chart minimizes error or
indecision in reading results. CuNITEST distinguishes clearly the critical 1/4%, 1/2%, ~/4%, 1% and
2% urine-sugars. It is the only simple test that can show if the urine-sugar is over 2°a.' Your
nurse
or technician will appreciate these advantages; your patient on oral hypoglycemic therapy will find
them helpful. Furthermore, CLINITEST may be a vital adjunct in the management of the diabetic
child or the adult with severe diabetes.
(1) Danowski, T. S.: Diabetes Mellitus, Baltimore, Williams & Wilkins, 1957, p. 239. (2) McCune, W.
G.: M. Clin.
North America 44:1479, 1960. (3) Ackerman, R. F., et al.: Diabetes 7:398, 1958.
FOR PRACTICAL ACCURACY OF URINE-SUGAR QUANTITATION
Standardized urine-sugar test...with
CQLOR-CALIBRATED GRAPHIC ANALYSIS RECORD
A line connecting successive urine-sugar read-
. Ings reveals at a glance how wel I diabetics are
CLINITEST® cooperating. Each CLINITEST Set and tablet.re-
; re-
BRAND Reagent Tablets fill contains this physician-patient aid. 01561
h_. ._._:...w-.....-.~-.--s-.,~.._.~....-...-..._~.- _.._.~___._-__..._ ..
(w)

Vol. 264 No. 24 ADVERTISING SECTION
How to help your patient stick to a
.
bland diet
The secret ingredient in a successful diet is acceptance.
How much easier it is for the patient to stay with a bland
diet if it includes dishes like these that please the eye as
well as the palate. Pictured: tender broiled meat patties
made with crushed corn flakes and water, flavored with
salt and a touch of thyme, tender peas and carrots mixed,
and buttered baked potato. For color there's molded
gelatin salad and a pretty-as-a-picture dessert: lime gelatin
whipped with applesauce and topped with custard sauce.
N`
4Diet patients welcome appetizing dishes like these.
'.~
CJ
United States Brewers Association, Inc.
For reprints of this and 11 other oiet menus, write us at 535 Fifth Avenue, N.Y. 17, N.Y.
xui

®
Cl
JW
,
Q
-a:
!. . ?rM
~ 7kt~
_ a.
a
k 41 ~6 ~~~'`~
,
D
0
®
Y
t
w
r
®
Mt
4
,
tia
1
,
~.1+
M
r
®
,
sxcg~;to
~ ~
m m
.~_.._...~:~:
~
4

0
.
<
,
B
UM
0
+
1)
«-
A
V
T,
i
K
r?
When fluid "backs up" in the body, as it does in ede-
matous states, Naturetin, an ". .. extraordinarily effec-
tive diuretic...,"1 serves to remove fluid excess.
The diuretic effect on the patient is dramatic. Usually,
the blood pressure of normotensive patients remains
unaffected. Naturetin has no apparent influence of
clinical importance on serum electrolytesa and it causes
a relatively small increase in the urinary pH.3
For the next patient you see with evidence of fluid
retFjion, prescribe Naturetin and observe how the
ates open and release the excess fluid. The aver-
., reti _
C
Squibb BendroHumethiazide Squibb Bendroflutnethiazide with Potassium Chloride
SQUI88
age dose is a single 5 mg. tablet daily; to initiate therapy,
doses up to 20 mg. may be given once daily or in divided
doses.
Supply: Naturetin Tablets, 5 mg., scored, and 2.5 mg. Naturetin
c K (5 c 500) Tablets, capsule-shaped, containing 5 mg. bendro-
flumethiazide and 500 mg. potassium chloride. Naturetin c K
(2.5 c 500) Tablets, capsule-shaped, containing 2.5 mg. bendro-
flumethiazide and 500 mg. potassium chloride.
References: 1. David, N. A-; Porter, G. A.; and Gray,
For fun intorm.Gon,R. H.: Monographs on Therapy 5:60 (Feb.) 1960.
,
eee your Squibb 2. Fuchs, M.; Moyer, J. H.; and Newman, B. E.: Op.
Product Referenee cit. 5:55 (Feb.) 1960. 3. Ford, R. V.: Current Therap.
Or PIOdUC Res. 2:92 (Mar.) 1960.
'NATURRIMI ® li A EOUIR~ TRAYEMARK.
Squibb Quality-
the Priceless Ingredient

xvi
rn
A
/ in
otitis
and
pyelonephritis
or other
infections
.
THE NEW ENGLAND JOURNAL OF MEDICINE
t.
;.Z
a
©
A
EN
~01
N
June 15, 1961
antibiotic therapy with an added measure of protection
~T ®
'~ T IAL ~l
IL;®~L/
~
DEMETHYLCHLORTETRACYCLINE LEDERLE
against relapse-up to 6 days' activity on 4 days' dosage
against secondary infection-sustained high activity levels
against "problem" pathogens-positive broad-spectrum antibiosis
CAPSULES, 150 mg., 75 mg. - PEDIATRIC DROPS, 60 mg./cc. - SYRUP, 75 mg./5 cc.
Request complete information on indications, dosage, precautions and contraindications Q
froul }onr Lederle representati%e or write to Medical Advisory I)epartment. ~
~
~
LEDERLE LABORATORIES, A Division of AMERICAN CYANAMID COMPANY, Pearl River, New York ® (Z
~
~
~
Is
%M
ac,
.

Vol. 264 No. 24 ADVERTISING SECTION Xvii
I -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -I
~
~
4 Valuable Additions to Your Pro fessional Library ~
I
The Annual Mayo Clinic Volume
New!-Important Mayo Advances in Diagnosis and Treatment
r
E] Easy Payment Plan ($5.00 per month)
0 Mayo Clinic Diet Manual, about $5.50
0 Sodeman's Pathology Physiology,
about $1-t.00
LA
Name
....................................................................................................
..............................................................................................
Address .................
....................................................................................................
............................................ NEJ\t-6-15-61
.
This latest addition to the famous Mayo Clinic Volumes is
packed full of new diagnostic methods, new treatments, new
surgical techniques - all described so that you can put them
to work immediately in your practice. Now in its 52nd year
of publication, this volume presents the Clinic's investigation
of practically the entire body - Head, trunk and extremi-
ties - Genitourinary diseases - Blood and circulatory organs
- Radiology - Anesthesia, gas and intravenous therapy - etc.
You'll benefit from important advances made in 1960 on such
problems as: Care of lacerations of the face - Emergency
treatment of severe head injury - Medical Management of
Pancreatitis - The Place of Diuretics in Hypertension - Re-
lationship of Dermatology to Systemic Medicine - Neuro-
ophthalmology for the Busy Practitioner - Bacterial Infec-
tions of the Spinal Column - Diagnosis and Treatment of
Bone Tumors in Children - Sciatic nerve palsy following
delivery.
Collected Papers of the Mayo Clinic and Mayo Foundation. Volume 52.
By the Staff of the Mayo Clinic, Rochester, Minnesota; and the Mayo
Foundation, Universitv of Minnesota. About 8Cr} pages, 6" x 9". with
277 illustrations. $15.00. Nev - just Published!
Mayo Clinic Diet Manual
New (3rd) Edition!-Gives You Today's Standard Diets in Easy-to-Use Form
The Mayo Clinic Dietetic Committee has spared no effort to
make this revision as complete and accurate as possible. It
clearly reflects the advances in food, vitamin and current
dietary practice that have been incorporated into Mayo Clinic
procedure. Once you have established that your patient needs
a special diet, turn to this manual for all the information
you'll need to prescribe it. Each diet can bc easily adjusted
to the requirements of individual patients. There is a gen-
eral description of each diet, showing types of food to be
included or excluded in each program.
Wolff - Anatomy
of the Eye and Orbit
New (5th) Edition! A classic work giving full, beautifully
illustrated coverage to the structure, development and com-
parative anatomy of the eye and orbit. Widely popular with
physicians through four previous editions, the book has been
carefully brought up-to-date for this revision. Contents cover:
Orbit and paranasal sinuses - Eyeball - Appendages of the
eye - Slit-lamp appearances - Extrinsic muscles - Nerves
- Visual pathway - Vessels - Development - Compara-
ttve anatomy.
Revised by R. J. LAST, M.B., B.S. (Adelaide), F.R.C.S. (Eng.), Professor
of Applied Anatomy and Warden, Royal College of Surgeons of England.
508 pages, 7" x 10", with 438 illustrations, 54 in color. About $18.00.
New (5th) Edition - Just Ready!
Among the important changes for the New (3rd) Edition
you'll find: New information on the low cholesterol diet for
atherosclerotic disease - New diets low in fat content in-
tended for both reduction and maintenance of weight - A
new sodium restricted diet for children - A new low sodium
diet for use in hepatic coma - Changes in the low calorie
diet for use in pregnancy, with reduction of the caloric
value to 1500.
By the COMMITTEE ON DIETETICS OF TtIE MAYO CLINIC. 222 pages. 6" x 9%t",
spiral binding. About $5.50. New (3rd) Edition - Just Ready!
Blechschmidt - Stages of
Development Before Birth
New! Here is a beautifully illustrated atlas, graphically de-
picting all the facets and refinements of prenatal growth and
development - from the unicellular level until the moment
of birth. The text is run bilingually in two columns - one
German and one English. Chapters cover: Fertilized ova in
the oviduct - Blastocysts in the uterus - 2-30 mm. embryos
- Newborn infants - Body regions in human embryos (with
organs in these regions): Head, Neck, Dorsum, Ventral Trunk
IVall, etc.
By E. BLECHSCHMIDT, M.D., Professor of Anatomy and Director of the
Institute of Anatomy, University of Gottingen, Germany. About 680 pages,
7%z" x 10%2", with 600 illustrations. About $23.00.
New - Juft Ready!
- - - Use Handy Form to Order These Volumes and Book Advertised on
~W
~
0
B. SAUNDERS COMPANY - West
Cover - - - -i d
Washington Square, Philadelphia 5 I~
Ptease send me and charge my account:
'Z Mayo Clinic Volume, $15.00
tZ Wolff's Anatomy of the Eye & Orbit, about $18.00
:.ril Blechschmidt's Stages of Development before Birth, about $23.00

0kc ~1
"PLE GINEm'
BRANO OF PHENOIMETRAZINE BITARTRAfE ;
new, potent appetate-suppressan
"Plegine"provides strong appetite suppression, yet
does not penalize the patient with disturbing side
effects.
An average weight loss of more than a pound per
week has been shown clinically-even without di-
etary restriction. Weight loss has been obtained with
virtual absence of cNS and cardiovascular compli-
cations. No significant effect on heart rate, blood pres-
sure, and respiration has been reported. Episodes of
nervousness and insomnia have been rare and usu-
ally minor. "Plegine" truly offers:
FIRM APPETITE DISCIPLINE
WITH A "VELVET TOUCH"

"PLE GINE" provides unique benefits
in the management of obesity
suppression of appetite readily and easily achieved
significant weekly weight loss recorded clinically
virtually no effects on blood pressure, pulse,
and respiration
low incidence of nervousness and insomnia
no tolerance reported to date
high degree of patient acceptability
DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION: The usual suggested dosage is 1 tablet b.i.d.
or t.i.d., one hour before meals. Dosage, however, should be adjusted to the needs of
the patient. In some cases, / tablet per dose will sufiice; in others, 2 tablets b.i.d. or
t.i.d. may be required.
A dietary regimen is advisable in conjunction with appetite-suppressant therapy.
AVAILABILITY: No. 755-Each "Plegine" Tablet contains 35 mg. of Phendimetra-
zinc bitartrate (scored), bottles of 100 and 1,000.
CAUTION AND CONTRAINDICATIONS: No adverse effects on blood pressure,
heart rate and respiration have been reported with "Plcgine." However, as is true
for all medication of this type, "Plegine" is not recommended for patients with cor-
onary disease, severe hypertension, or thyrotoxicosis, and should be used with caution
in highly nervous or agitated individuals.
t1YERST LdBORdTORIES
New York 16, N. Y. 111ontreal, Canada
6113

~~ =~-
.~ . . .
versus semi-synthetic penicillin
Potassium Penicillin V
Recent clinical evidence sheds new light on some important questions ...
Q. Which of the two oral penicillins provides greater antibacterial activity?
In a follow-up studyl of oral penicillins, McCarthy and Finland compared
the antibacterial activity of potassium penicillin V and semi-synthetic peni-
cillin. They said: "Penicillin V provided greater activity than phenethicillin
[semi-synthetic penicillin] against the streptococcus and pneumococcus, at
least equivalent activity against the staphylococcus and sarcina in the serum
and the same or greater activity in the urine ..."
In another study2, Griffith found that penicillin V not only produced peak
levels of serum antibacterial activity faster, but produced values almost half
again as high as those obtained with semi-synthetic penicillin.
A direct laboratory comparison3 by Abbott scientists revealed a measur-
able difference in activity, milligram for milligram, between the two peni-
cillins in vitro. Against four pathogenic strains (staphylococcus, strepto-
coccus, pneumococcus, and corynebacterium species), potassium penicillin V
exhibited from two to eight times the antibacterial activity of semi-syn-
thetic penicillin.
Q. How valid are blood levels as a basis for comparison?
In comment on the two penicillins, McCarthy and Finland state' :"Thus,
although the claim of better absorption and excretion and higher serum level
of phenethicillin may be partly correct, strictly speaking, this is true in a
very restricted sense and is therapeutically meaningless. Indeed the claim
is misleading since it clearly implies greater antibacterial and presumably
curative activity; which, in fact, the drug does not possess ..."
Q. Are there useful differences in resistance to penicillinase?
In another recent reporta, Geronimus commented :"Very large concentra-
tions [of semi-synthetic penicillin] ... were required to inhibit even so-called

moderately penicillin-resistant staphylococci when populations were em-
ployed that approached those found in vivo. Inferences regarding the pos-
sible effectiveness of phenethicillin in infections by penicillinase-producing
staphylococci drawn by others from experiments with relatively minute in-
ocula were found to be unwarranted."
McCarthy et al.5 reached a similar conclusion :"Both of these penicillins
[potassium penicillin V and phenethicillin] are qualitatively similar to peni-
cillin G in their susceptibility to penicillinase produced by Staphylococcus
aureus."
At Abbott, investigators studying the same subject3 found that the rate
of destruction of all three penicillins was so great that any differences were
of no therapeutic significance.
Q. How does the safety of oral penicillins compare?
While surveyss have established that oral penicillin produces fewer and less
severe reactions than does injectable penicillin, to date no clinical studies
have produced any evidence that one oral form is less allergenic than another.
Q. What about recent editorials on oral penicillin?
Recently, New England Journal of Medicine editorialized': "It thus appears
that the major claims of phenethicillin over penicillin V are not well founded.
More data are needed to permit a complete comparison of these and other
penicillins, particularly in their effects on infections caused by penicillinase-
producing staphylococci, but it is fair to say that the new, so-called syn-
thetic penicillin possesses no demonstrated virtue of importance that should
impel one to choose over other available forms." '
And in England, where semi-synthetic penicillin was first discovered and
marketed, British Medical Journal editorializedg: "There is no evidence
of any activity superior to that of other penicillins against Gram-negative
species, and what differences there are against sensitive species are in favour
of penicillin G or V or both; this applies to all varieties of streptococci tested."
Q. What are the benefits of Compocillin-VK?
Compocillin-VK is Abbott's potassium penicillin V. It offers early, high con-
centrations of serum antibacterial activity against penicillin-sensitive organ-
isms. Following appropriate doses, initial activity levels are higher than those
obtained with intramuscular penicillin G. Available in easy-to-take forms
for any age : tiny Filmtab' tablets, 125 mg. ; and 250 mg. ; or as granules for
tasty cherry-flavored Oral Solution.
COMPOCILLIN=VK
ABBOTT
(POTASSIUM PENICILLIN V)
1. McCarthy, C. G., and Finland, M., New England J. Med., 263:315, Aug. 18, 1960. 2. Griffith, R.
S., Antibiot. Med.
& Clin. Therapy, 7:129, Feb., 1960. 3. Laboratory Records, Microbiology Dept.. Abbott. 4. Geronimus,
L. H., New
England J. Med., 263:315, Aug. 18, 1960. 5. McCarthy, C. G., Hirsch, H. A., and Finland, M., Proc.
Soc. Exper. Biol.
Med., 103:177, Jan., 1960. 6. Welch, H., Lewis, C. N., Weinstein, H. I., Boeckman, B. B.,
Antibiotics Annual, 1957-58,
p. 296. 7. Editorial: New England J. Med., 263:361, Aug. 18, 1960. 8. Editorial: Brit. M. J., 2:940,
Nov. 7, 1959.
F,Lw1.0-FiLn 5[.LED TABEETS, 1esOti

WHEN
SPA- fl\/
HAS
t
s
I r11"PrOP11?- "OT" ,
o-ordi~n~~.tes antispasm.. ' ~ . odic/sedative ac
. ~<. . - t ~ . .f . -
for smooth #herapeutrc cointrol y."
i0
~~z ~~`
YJTIBEL offers an important clinical refinement in the }relte o s ro ~
kn~estinal spasm y co=ordination of the reliable antispasmodic anriti
,. <~. . -1 ^ . -- - ~la~ :<
cretory activity of extract of belladonna 15. mg..' and the mtermediate.;
~' . ,
ative action of BUTISOL SODIUM® butabarbital sodium 15 mgM tiL'~[-`'.~ . .~y:
y
Since these #wo componerif
~~ ,.:s
s
~ haveessent>ially the sam duration of action, BUTIBEL
makes possible an even, time-matched therapeutic continuity
. .. . . - , ..~....
- . . . .. . . . ._ . {'~' 1'" `
or balanced control of both tension and spasm, without the curri lativ
3rag" So many patients experience wrth phenobarbital.
A
7
ON
N
.~: -V,_
McNEIL McNEII tABORATORIES, INC., Fort Washington,' P;

Vol. 261 No. 3-1 ADVERTISING SECTION
ANNOUNCING
a new edition
of a surgical classic
ZOLLINGER-
CUTLER
Atlas of
Surgical Oper
3rd Edition
i\ns"'::~
Superbly illustrated, the third edition contains clear, detailed descrip-
tions of the steps involved in 72 different surgical procedures. While
it retains the basic features of its predecessor, this edition incorporates
the many changes of the last 12 years in technical aspects of surgery
as well as in pre- and postoperative care, anesthesia, the control of
infection, and the treatment of shock.
To facilitate study, the book opens flat, with the illustration appearing
on one page and the accompanying text on the page opposite. Just as
color has replaced the traditional white in the operating suite, this
edition is printed on light-blue paper, which makes it more restful
to the eye. New color illustrations are included.
An important book for interns, surgical residents, general surgeons,
and general practitioners.
Summer, 1961 probable price, $18.00 ~
~ !+
#4
1~
i&
~
ff
~ acm
c~~eall t~ 60 Fifth Avenue, New York 11, N.Y.
el'sLe 'I
em
~
(A Division of The Crowell-Collier Publishing Company) ~
~
.1,
~.~:

THE NEW ENGLAND JOURNAL OF MEDICINE June 15, 1961
a significant
achievement in
corticosteroid research
HAT ,DRON
(paramethasone acetate, Li I Iy)
lEsculapiur
Haldrone is a potent synthetic corticosteroid with marked anti-
inflammatory activity In steroid-responsive conditions, it pro-
vides predictable anti-inflammatory effects with a minimum of
untoward reactions. Gratifying response has been observed in
patients transferred from other corticosteroids to Haidrone. There
is relatively little adverse eflect on electrolyte metabolism. With
Haldrone, sodium retention is unlikely, psychic effects are mini-
mal, and there appears to be freedom from muscle weakness and
cramping.
Cortisone. . . . . . . . . . . 25 mg.
Haldrone, 2 mg., Hydrocortisone . . . . . . . . 20 mg.
is a roximalel Prednisone or prednisolone . . . 5 mg.
~~ ~ Triamcinolone or
equivalent to methylprednisolone ..... 4 mg.
Dexamethasone . . . . . . . . 0.75 mg.
Although the incidence of significant side-effects is low, the usual
contraindications to corticosteroid therapy apply to Haldrone.
Supplied in bottles
of 30, 100, and 500
Tablets Haldrone, 1 mg., Yellow (scored)
Tablets Haldrone, 2 mg., Orange (scored)
ELI LILLY AND COMPANY INDIANAPOLIS 6, INDIANA, U.S.A.
140049
.

The New England
Journal of Medicine
Volume 264
Copyright, 1961, by the Massachusetts Medical Society
JUNE 15, 1961 Number 24
THE NEPHROTIC SYNDROME AS A COMPLICATION OF PERCHLORATE
TREATMENT OF THYROTOXICOSIS*
R. E. LEE, M.D.,j R. L. VERNIER, M.D.,j AND R. A. ULSTROM, M.D.§
MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA
PERCHLORATE is an inorganic monovalent anion
that, like thiocyanate, is capable of inhibiting col-
lection and interfering with retention of the iodide
ion within the thyroid gland. Wyngaarden et al.,1'
in 1952 and 1953, were the first to compare, in
animals, the effects of perchlorate and other mono-
valent anions, and they found perchlorate to be ten
times as potent as thiocyanate in discharging iodide
previously collected by the thyroid gland. Perchlorate
has been used widely in England and Europe gener-
ally in the treatment of hyperthyroidism, and has
distinct advantages in that it is effective, inexpensive
and relatively nontoxic.3-7 Godley and Stanburys re-
ported the results of treatment of 24 patients in 1954,
among whom they listed the following complications:
gastrointestinal symptoms in 2; pyuria in 2; and mini-
mal proteinuria on occasional specimens in 2. One of
the patients with pyuria had a previous history of
pyelonephritis, but neither of those with proteinuria
had a history of prior renal disease. After this initial
report, we found no mention in the medical literature
of renal complications that had followed the use of
perchlorate, although skin rash," gastrointestinal
syTrlptoms,°s leukopenia6 and loss of hair' have all
been described.
The purpose of this paper is to describe a patient
with hyperthyroidism who was treated with per-
chlorate and in whom a nephrotic syndrome subse-
quently developed.
CASE REPORT
A 6%s-year-old girl was first admitted to the University
of Minnesota Hospitals on September 29, 1959, with a his-
tory of polyuria, polydipsia and decreased attention span.
Fullness of the neck, increasing "nervousness," voracious ap-
petite without weight gain and prominent eyes had been
noted during the previous 6 months. The past medical his-
"''From the Department of Pediatrics, University of Minnesota Medi-
cal;School.
dided by grants from the Graduate School, University of Minnesota,
Licthed States Public Health Service (H-2085, H-5662 and E-2618),
Viirytesota Heart Association and American Heart Association.
-Vresent address: Lowrey Air Force Base, Denver, Colorado.
,4-Established investigator, American Heart Association.
~.associate professor of pediatrics, University of Minnesota Medical
Sc}t6ol.
tory was noncontributory except for a laceration of the left
side of the face at the age of 3 years that had resulted in a
long scar. The family history revealed that the patient's
mother, paternal grandmother, maternal grandmother, a
paternal aunt and 3 maternal great-aunts had had thyroid
goiters that had required treatment (Fig. 1).
Physical examination revealed a hyperactive girl who was
quite labile emotionally. She was above the 84th percentile
for both height and weight (Fig. 2). Examination of the
eyes showed bilateral exophthalmos, inability to converge,
lid lag and a constant stare. She had a long diagonal scar
across the left side of the face, and there was loss of the
motor component of the left 7th cranial nerve. The thyroid
gland was diffusely enlarged to 2 or 3 times the normal size,
but no nodules were palpable. A minimal, soft, blowing,
systolic cardiac murmur was noted at the 4th left intercostal
space. The pulse was bounding and full at a rate of 140 per
minute while she was resting, and the blood pressure was
130/68. The skin was moist and warm, and a slight, fine
tremor of the hands was evident. Neurologic examination
revealed increased deep tendon reflexes.
The results of pertinent laboratory studies performed soon
after admission included a radioactive-I"' uptake, counted
over the gland, of 71 per cent in 24 hours, with 82.8 per
cent of the I"' bound to protein in the plasma, a basal
metabolic rate of +16 per cent and urinary creatine-
creatinine ratio of 50 per cent. The protein-bound iodine
was 14.7 microgm., and the blood cholesterol 141 mg. per
100 ml. Scintillation counting over the thyroid gland after
I"' administration revealed no hyperactive nodules. X-rays
of the chest were normal, but fluoroscopy revealed a bulky
heart, without evidence of distinct chamber enlargement.
X-ray examination of the hands and wrists indicated a bone
age compatible with the standards for 7 years and 10
months. A diagnosis of hyperthyroidism with diffuse goiter
was made. Selected details of the clinical course and labo-
ratory values are presented in Figure 3.
Therapy with potassium perchlorate, 125 mg. orally
every 6 hours, was begun on October 17, but because of
dyspepsia and vomiting, which developed after 3 days,
sodium perchlorate, 250 mg. every 6 hours, was substituted
for the potassium derivative. The gastrointestinal symptoms
were relieved, and there was laboratory and clinical evi-
dence that the hyperthyroidism had improved. Twelve days
after perchlorate treatment was begun a maculopapular,
nonpruritic rash was first noted on the cheeks and later
over the arms and trunk. The white-cell count, which on
admission had been 7500, with 3 per cent eosinophils, was
3550, with 8 per cent eosinophils. The perchlorate was dis-
continued, and diphenhydramine was given. Beta-hemolytic
streptococci were grown from a throat culture at this time,
and cervical lymphadenopathy, with an elevation in tempera-
ture, developed. The rash disappeared gradually over a
period of 8 days. Two days later (and 10 days after the
perchlorate had been discontinued) the rash again was
noted, and the patient complained of pruritus. The white-
cell count was normal. It was believed that the rash was
probably not due to drug toxicity, and sodium perchlorate

THE NEW ENGLAND JOURNAL OF MEDICINE
June 15, 1961
1222
therapy was renewed. A mild skin rash over the cheeks
and elbows continued intermittently during the next 3
weeks, and then disappeared. During this time there was
evident clinical improvement of the hyperthyroidism, with
a decrease of the protein-bound iodine and a decline of
the I"` uptake to 12.8 per cent over the gland in 22 hours.
On November 16, 10 days after the 2d course of treatment
was begun, the I"' uptake was 2.5 per cent at 24 hours,
and the blood cholesterol had risen to 239 mg. per 100 ml.
0 0
D O O
FIGURE 1. Diagram, Showing the Incidence of Thyroid
Goiter in the Patient's Family.
The patient was followed in the endocrinology clinic,
and on January 15, 1960, was considered to be mildly
hypothyroid on the basis of recent values of the basal
metabolic rate of -3 to -15 per cent, a low protein-
bound iodine and a blood cholesterol value of 293 mg. per
100 ml. The patient's mother commented that the child
was still quite active, with a good appetite, and a decision
was made to observe her at frequent intervals. Evaluation
on February 19 revealed no clinical change, except for a
slight weight gain. Her parents thought that she was doing
well and elected to skip the next appointment. She did not
return to the clinic, even though the parents observed that
her "hair was falling out" (March 11 ) and that she
appeared pale and her face was swollen (March 19). Her
family physician was notified, and on the basis of his
finding generalized edema and a+-L + 4- test for protein
in the urine, he made the diagnosis of nephrotic syndrome.
She was then returned to the University of Minnesota
Hospitals, where examination revealed a lethargic, edem-
atous, pale girl in acute distress (Fig. 4). There were no
signs of hyperthyroidism. The thyroid gland was diffusely
enlarged (neck circumference, 31.5 cm.). The deep tendon
reflexes were not compatible with myxedema. The results
of laboratory studies at this time included a blood urea
nitrogen of 70 mg. per 100 ml., hypoalbuminemia, pro-
teinuria (16 gm. per liter), an erythrocyte sedimentation
rate of 65 mm. per hour and total serum lipids of 1560
mg. and blood cholesterol of 500 mg. per 100 ml. A 12-
hour specimen of urine contained 21.6 x 10° red blood cells,
24.7 x 10° white blood cells and 14.9 X 10' casts; several
cultures were negative. A Mantoux skin test was negative.
A percutaneous kidney biopsy was done on April 5.
A low-sodium diet and cortisone in a dose of 320 mg.
daily, by mouth, in divided doses (Fig. 3), were started.
Perchlorate was discontinued. No clinical improvement was
seen, and the laboratory values were not improved: the
cholesterol was 848 mg. per 100 ml., and the basal meta-
bolic rate -36 per cent (corrected to nonedematous weight).
I"' uptake by the thyroid gland was 72.5 per cent at 24
hours; 35 per cent of the I"' counts in plasma were pro-
tein bound. On April 25 characteristic myxedema reflexes
were first observed, and the neck size had decreased to 29.5
cm. Because of extreme lethargy and the suspicion of
clinical hypothyroidism tri-iodothyronine (25 microgm. per
day) was given from April 27 to May 9, with improvement
in activity and sense of well-being. During treatment with
tri-iodothyronine and cortisone hypertension developed, and
all medications were discontinued. When the drugs were
discontinued, a massive diuresis ensued, resulting in a loss
of 10.4 kg. (23 pounds) of body weight. At that time the
blood urea nitrogen was 14 mg., and the serum cholesterol
428 mg. per 100 ml., and the erythrocyte sedimentation
rate 92 mm. per hour. One week after medications were
stopped, the quantitative urinary protein loss was 4.2 .gm.
per liter. A 2d renal biopsy was done on June 9. A repeat
Addis count of a 12-hour specimen of urine showed 150,000
red blood cells, 2,760,000 white blood cells and no casts.
Since May 14, 1960, there has been increasing evidence
of eye signs of hyperthyroidism (lid lag, inability to con-
verge, staring and increasing exophthalmos) and increasing
size of the thyroid gland. The patient's mother believed
that the child's activity slowly returned to the hyperactive
state. The vital signs, including the blood pressure, re-
mained normal. Minimal proteinuria and an elevated eryth-
rocyte sedimentation rate were still present 1 year after
the 1st treatment was initiated. The hyperthyroidism is
now controlled by the administration of propylthiouracil. No
toxic effects of this form of therapy have yet been observed
in this patient.
Morphology of the Renal-Biopsy Specimens
The 1st renal-biopsy specimen, which was obtained early
in the course of the nephrotic syndrome on April 5, 1960,
contained approximately 20 glomeruli and associated renal
tubules. Approximately half the glomeruli showed minimal
to moderate endothelial hypercellularity, with occasional
FIGURE 2. Photograph of the Patient Taken Shortly
the Onset of Clinical Thyrotoxicosis.
Exophthalmos is apparent.
after
adhesions to Bowman's capsule. The remaining glomeruli
in the specimen were normal. There was little evidence of
thickening of the capillary membranes by routine histologic
methods; however, periodic acid-Schiff (PAS) stains of
thin ( 1-micron ) sections revealed irregular nodular thicken-
ing of the basement membranes of occasional capillary loops
(Fig. 5). An additional finding of great interest was the
presence of basophilic masses of a crystalline precipitate ad-
jacent to and within an occasional tubular lumen. This
material could not be identified, but special stains indicated

Vol. 264 No. 24 NEPHROTIC SYNDROME - LEE ET AL.
that it was not amyloid and that it was PAS negative.
Frequently, the material was noted to protrude into the
tubular lumen through breaks in the tubular epithelium
(Fi¢. 6).
The 2d renal-biopsy specimen, obtained on June 9, after
treatment and partial remission of the nephrotic syndrome,
rontained only 6 glomeruli and numerous tubules. The
glomeruli were entirely normal, and no deposits of the
precipitate described above were observed in the renal
tubules of this specimen.
20
0 D~scnprgea DIN
0 16 ,la
7
N
wE 12
2
.
m
0
A 8
U
m 2. 4
a 0
.. 0
.
O o
A
______________________
0 _
____ __-_
_J------------------------- --------_-_-__a----_S--
-'--___-------
~ 120 A A . -
n
,~
p 80
.
... .
A
* e
,
~
cn_ a
4 0
`--------------------
------------------ -------------------------------------------
v a,70 ~
I
m~
----------------
~e 50 -----------------------------------------------------------------ILL:
E 4 F q {~j~
~° y , 2
a
O j~ ~_~ ` C
° ia 0 L ------------------------------------------------------- _ ___ _ __ ________
---
>~ + ++ +
+++
in the second renal-biopsy specimen also suggests
that smaller amounts of this presumably toxic agent
were present during the partial remission associated
with treatment of the nephrotic syndrome with corti-
sone. Although the renal disease was preceded by
a known infection with a beta-hemolytic streptococcus
five months earlier, neither the clinical course nor the
1223
r_____0 _______, _~Q____0
K CI°a
0
SEPT a!- OCT
NOV. I T DEC.
°-Ia,geo
NaCf04
JAN.
+++++++ + ++~+t ++ + ++
++++++++ + ++++f ++ ++ ++
b +++ ++ ++ ++ +Q ++++++i9.+-+ -
----------------------- +-+- +
--------
T3
Cortisone ° zs 9 iaor
szo mWaar
aose_.__
FEB.
MAR. a
a
APR.
MAY
JUNE
FIGURE 3. Diagram, Showing Selected Clinical Data and Therapy.
Electron microscopy of both specimens was performed.
The renal glomeruli showed minimal endothelial prolifera-
tion, nodular thickening of the lamina densa (basement
membrane) and fusion of the foot processes of the epithelial
cells (Fig. 7). These findings are typical of the ultramicro-
scopical changes observed in various forms of the nephrotic
syndrome.° The changes in the epithelial cells and the
endothelial proliferation were somewhat less pronounced in
the 2d specimen. It was not possible, by electron micros-
copy, to identify the tubular precipitate described above.
DISCUSSION
The progressive appearance of the toxic symptoms
of nausea, skin rash, leukopenia, loss of hair and
the nephrotic syndrome in this patient, in the absence
of a previous history of renal disease, suggests that
the renal complications were on a toxic basis. The
observation of an unusual basophilic crystalline de-
posit in peritubular loci in the first renal biopsy may
be additional evidence of a toxic renal injury in
this patient. The nature of this material is not known;
however, it may represent either a breakdown product
of perchlorate or some by-product of the toxic cellular
effect of perchlorate. We have not encountered a
similar histolo.gic lesion in other renal-biopsy speci-
mens from more than 50 patients with the nephrotic
syndrome in childhood.9 The absence of this material
renal histology suggested acute nephritis.
Other authors° have noted that larger doses of
perchlorate were associated with a higher incidence
of the severe type of toxic reaction than when lower
dosage levels were used. In retrospect, the dose of
perchlorate used in this patient was the maximum
dose recommended by previous authors°,10 for adults
or large children. Smellie11 treated 6 hyperthyroid
girls, six and a half to thirteen years of age, with
doses of 150 to 300 mg. of perchlorate daily, and
found no toxic effects. The incidence of toxic reac-
tions for perchlorate in 484 reported cases3-s,11,12 was
approximately 5 per cent; however, no patient in
these series received over 2 gm. per day, and the
majority received only half to three fourths of that
dose.
Other compounds, such as trimethadione13 and
mercury,l..1' have been implicated in the etiology of
the nephrotic syndrome in humans. The aminonucleo-
side1G of puromycin and trimethadione" have been
shown to produce a nephrotic syndrome in rats. The
current data from the studies of aminonucleoside
nephrotic rats suggest that the mode of action of the
aminonucleoside is at an enzymatic locus.37
The exact site of action of the perchlorate ion in

1224 THE NEW ENGLAND JOURNAL OF MEDICINE June 15, 1961
the production of nephrosis is unknown. Direct renal pharmacy and at the pharmaceutical
manufacturer.
toxicity, blockade of certain enzymatic reactions and There was no evidence that the stock was
contami-
degradation products of perchlorate are among the nated by any other compound, or that an improperly
possibilities that need consideration. The finding of labeled substance had been dispensed.
a crystalline basophilic substance in tubular and peri-
tubular sites in the first renal biopsy might suggest
that the renal injury was at the level of the tubule:
however, the chemical nature of the substance could
not be ascertained.
Guttmann and Lewitus,'s using radioactive potas-
sium perchlorate (KC1O,, C1" and 073), have shown
that the molecule is excreted in the urine relatively
unchanged and that free chlorate ions, which arc
FIGURE 4. Photograph of the Patient Taken during the
Course of the Nephrotic Syndrome.
known to he nephrotoxic, are present in insignificant
quantities. They also showed that perchlorate ions do
not under7o any isotopic oxygen exchange, and con-
sidered the action of perchlorate on the thyroid gland
to be due to a glandular factor, involving trapping,
which is selective to inorganic ions fulfilling certain
requiretnents of charge and size. This observation is
evidence against the theory that the molecule has a
mode of action at an enzymatic locus in the thyroid
gland.
We investigated another possible explanation of
the toxicity observed in our patient by carefully
checking the source and the chemical contents of
the stock of perchlorate that she received at our
FIGURE 5. High-Magnification Light Micrograph of a Section
of a Portion of a Clomerulus, 1 Micron in Thickness, Stained
with the Periodic Acid-SchibF Method (X800).
Note the irregular, nodular thickening of some of the cap-
illary loops.
Several excellent studies previously reported suggest
that thyroid function in patients with the nephrotic
syndrome is normal,1D--- even though low protein-
bound iodine, low basal metabolic rate and high cho-
lesterol are regularly found in association with the
FIGURE 6. Light Micrograph of a Section from the First
Kidney-Biopsy Specimen (Hematoxylin and Eosin Stain
X258).
Two tubules containing granular organized material are
shown. On the upper left, the less intensely stained material
bulges into the tubular lumen through a defect in the
epithelium. Centrally, the material is more intensely baso-
philic and lies in a peritubular location. A segment of a
glomerulus is seen in the lower right corner.
syndrome. It is of interest that the clinical "rebound"
phenomenon of increased thyroid activity that usuallN
occurs after discontinuation of perchlorate was not
seen in our patient, despite the high uptake of radio-

Vol. 264 No. 24
active 1131, increasing gland size and increasing ex-
ophthalmos observed. It is possible that the low-
sodium diet, which is also low in iodine, together
with an increased excretion of protein-bound iodine
NEPHROTIC SYNDROME - LEE ET AL.
1225
are patients who recover only partially9,13 and others
in whom the outcome is quite unfavorable. Mild but
definite evidence of renal disease continues to be
evident in this patient, although the presumably toxic
A B
FIGURE 7. Electron Micrographs of a Representative Glomerulus from the Second Renal-Biopsy Specimen
(A X7200 and
B X20,000).
The number of endothelial cells (END) is increased, and there is excess basemnt-membrane material
(BM) resulting
in nodular thickening of the lamina densa (as top center) and appearing as strands of material
extending across the lumen
of some capillaries (center), ef]ectirvely reducing the luminal area of the capillary. The
epithelial-cell (Ep) foot processes
('fp) are fused, forming an almost uninterrupted layer of cytoplasm about the exterior of the
basement membrane.
in the urine, as well as fecal iodide excretion, acted
as a protective mechanism.2'- One might have ex-
pected the clinical hyperthyroid state to return in
this circumstance when urinary iodine loss became
minimum and the dietary intake of iodine became
normal. This was, in fact, the sequence of events
observed.
Recently, the nephrotic syndrome was reported to
have developed in a patient with hypothyroidism of
three years' duration.=3 This observation is of interest,
since the signs of the nephrotic syndrome appeared
as the present patient became mildly hypothyroid. The
relation of hypothyroidism to the nephrotic syndrome
in the 2 cases is not known; however, further studies
of the relation appear to be indicated.
The prognosis of the nephrotic syndrome that has
been reported to result from contact with various
toxic substances is generally good""; however, there
agent was removed more than six months ago. A
definite assignment of the role of perchlorate in its
etiology will probably never be possible. Neverthe-
less, the temporal relation, the previous suggestive
dermal reaction and the finding of a crystalline pre-
cipitate in the kidney biopsy strongly suggest an etio-
logic role for the perchlorate.
SuMMARY
A study of a six-and-a-half-year-old girl in whom
the nephrotic syndrome developed during perchlorate
therapy for thyrotoxicosis is reported. Renal morphol-
ogy studied in biopsy specimens by light and elec-
tron microscopy demonstrated glomeruli with en-
dothelial hypercellularity, irregular thickening of
capillary-loop basement membranes and fusion of
epithelial foot processes. Basophilic crystalline pre-
cipitates in the tubular epithelium were noted. Later,

1226
THE NEW ENGLAND JOURNAL OF MEDICINE June 15, 1961
a renal biopsy was normal. The possible association of
the renal lesions to perchlorate therapy is discussed.
REFERENCES
1. Wyngaarden, J. B., Wright, B. M., and Ways, P. Effect of certain
anions upon accumulation and retention of iodide by thyroid gland.
Endocrinology 50:537-549, 1952.
2. Wyngaarden, J. B., Stanbury, J. B., and Rapp, B. Effects of iodide,
perchlorate, thiocyanate, and nitrate administration upon iodide
concentrating mechanism of rat thyroid. Endocrinology 52:568-574,
1953.
3. Kleinsorg, H., and Kruskemper, H. L. Erfahrungen mit der
Perchlorat-Therapie der Hyperthyreosen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr.
82:1491-1495, 1957.
4. Buttaro, C. A., and Brunori, C. A. Caso fatale di "crisi tiroidea"
in corso di trattamento di tireotossicosi con perclorato di potassio:
peculiari aspetti clinici e patogenetici. Riforma med. 69:145-148,
1955.
5. Morgans, M. E., and Trotter, W. R. Treatment of thyrotoxicosis
with potassium perchlorate. Lancet 1:749-751, 1954.
6. Crooks, J., and Wayne, E. J. Comparison of potassium perchlorate,
methylthtouracil, and earbimazole in treatment of thyrotoxicosis.
Lancet 1:401-404, 1960.
7. Mosbech, J. Treatment of thyrotoxicosis with potassium perchlorate.
Ugeskr. f. laeger 121:1166, 1959.
8. Godley, A. F., and Stanbury, J. B. Preliminary experience in
treatment of hyperthyroidism with potassium perchlorate. J. Clin.
Endocrinol. 14:70-78, 1954.
9. Vernier, R. L., Worthen, H. G., and Good, R. A. Pathology of
nephrotic syndrome. J. Pediat. (in press).
10. Wilkins, L. The Diagnosis and Treatment of Endocrine Disorders
in Childhood and Adolescence. Second edition. 556 pp. Springfield,
Illinois: Thomas. 1957. P. 140.
lI. Smellie, J. M. Treatment of juvenile thyrotoxicosis with potassium
perchlorate. Lancet 2:1035. 1957.
12. Southwell, N., and Randall, K. Potassium perchlorate in thyro-
toxicosis. Lancet 1:653, 1960.
13. Heymann, W., Hackel. D. B., and Hunter. J. L. P. Trimethadione
(Tridione) nephrosis in rats. Pediatrics 25:112-118, 1960.
14. Wootton, I. D. P., and Giddins, A. G. Acute mercury poisoning in
infancy. Laneet 2:1038. 1957.
15. Fanconi, G., Kousmine, C., and Frischknecht, W. Die konstitu-
tionelle Bereitschaft zum Nephrosesyndrom. Heloet. paediat. acta
6:199-218, 1951.
16. Wilson, S. G. F., Hackel. D. B., Horwood, S., Nash, G., and
Heymann, W. Aminonucleoside nephrosis in rats. Pediatrics 21:
963-973, 1958.
17. Wilson, S. G. F., Heymann, W., and Goldthwait, D. A. Studies
on mechanism of production of nephrotic syndrome in rats by
Atcleoside. Pediatrics 25:228241. 1960.
18. Guttmann, M. A. S., and Lewitus, Z. Mode of action of perchlorate
ions on iodine uptake of thyroid gland. Intcrnat. J. Appl. Radia-
tion 7:87-96, 1959.
19. Kalant, N., McIntyre, W. C.. and Wilansky, D. L. Thyroid func-
tion in experimental nephrotic syndrome. Endocrinology 64:333-
343, 1959.
20. Recant, L., and Riggs, D. S. Thyroid function in nephrosis. J.
Clin. Investigation 31:789-797, 1952.
21. Robbins, J., Rall, J. E., and Petermann, 114. L. Thyroxine-binding
by serum and urine proteins in nephrosis: qualitative aspects. J.
Clin. Investigation 36:1333-1342, 1957.
22. Rasmussen, H. Thyroxine metabolism in nephrotic syndrome. J.
Clin. Investigation 35:792-799, 1956.
23. Etzwiler, D. D. Hypothyroidism and nephrosis. J. Dis. Child. 100:
587, 1960.
24. Williams, N. E., and Bridge, H. G. T. Nephrotic syndrome after
application of mercury ointment. Lancet 2:602, 1958.
THE EMERGING PATTERN OF URBAN HISTOPLASMOSIS*
Studies on an Epidemic in Mexico, Missouri
M. L. FURCOLOW, M.D.,t F. E. TosH, M.D.,$ H. W. LARSH, PH.D.,§ H. J. LYNCH, JR., M.D.,$ AND
G. SHAw, M.D.¶
KANSAS CITY, KANSAS, AND MEXICO, MISSOURI
U RBAN children, because of their more localized
environment and less frequent exposure, appear
to be more suitable subjects than rural children for
studies of the acquisition of infection with Histo-
plasma capsulatum.1,2 In these papers two sources
of infection among urban children were reported:
visits to farms or prior rural residence and exposure
in urban structures contaminated with bird droppings.
Kier et al.g have reported a third. source - importa-
tion of contaminated farm soil or manure as fertilizer.
In the present paper we wish to call attention to a
fourth source of infection among urban children -
namely, infection in wooded, open park areas con-
taminated by bird droppings. This mode of infection
is illustrated by the report of an epidemic.
TIiE EPIDEMIc
Mexico, a city of 15,000 people, is located in east
From the Communicable Disease Center, Public Health Service,
United States Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, University
of Kansas School of Medicine, and the Pathology Department, Audrain
County Hospital.
Presented at a meeting of the American Public Health Association,
San Francisco, California, November 3, 1960.
tMedical director, Kansas City Field Station, Communicable Disease
Center.
3Surgcon, Kansas City Field Station, Communicable Disease Center.
§Consultant mycologist, Kansas City Field Station, Communicable
Disease Center.
¶Pathologist, Audrain County Hospital.
central Missouri. Its chief industry is the manu-
facture of fire-clay bricks. During the second week
in April, 1959, similar illnesses characterized by chills,
high fever and cough developed in 4 boys in Mex-
ico. All 4 had x-ray films of the chest taken at
the local hospital, and 2 were admitted there. The
clinical features and x-ray findings in these 4 cases
led the hospital radiologist to suspect histoplasmosis.
Positive skin and serologic tests later confirmed the
diagnosis.
An interview with these boys revealed that they
were all boy scouts and members of the same troop
(No. 36). Furthermore, their only close association
was related to scouting activities. All 4 had onsets
of illness within twelve to fourteen days after March
28, 1959. On that day a group of 64 scouts from
the 4 Mexico troops had worked together clearing
a large city park. The main activity had been raking
leaves and debris into piles, which were then burned.
MATERIAL AND METHODS
Since it was probable that a large proportion of
the scouts in Mexico had been exposed to the in-
fection arrangements were made through the organi-
zation for further investigations. An epidemiologic
questionnaire was completed by 113 boys, but not
all were willing to have the diagnostic tests recom-

Vol. 264 No. 24 URBAN HISTOPLASMOSIS-FURCOLOW ET AL. 1227
I
mended, which included skin and serologic tests and
x-ray examination.
The histoplasmin used in skin testing was lot
HKC-5 diluted 2:1000; this potency is equivalent to
that of standard histoplasmin. The tests were all
given intradermally in the right forearm, and read-
ings were made at forty-eight hours. An indurated
area of 5 mm. or more was considered a positive reac-
tion.
FIGURE 1. Mexico, Missouri, and Surrounding Areas.
At the time of the skin testing, blood was obtained
for serologic testing, which was performed by Dr.
Joseph Schubert, of the Communicable Disease
Center, Public Health Service, Chamblee, Georgia.
Two complement-fixation tests were performed on
each serum, histoplasmin being used as antigen in
Description of Source
The site of the epidemic was called the Historical
Society Park because of its interesting history and
the sponsoring by the Historical Society of its pur-
chase. This park consists of an 11-acre plot on which
a large, plantation-type home, which was built before
the Civil War by a prominent judge, is located. It
was the show place of the area, and to add to its
historical importance, this home was at one time oc-
cupied by General U. S. Grant when he commanded
troops in this area. Later, the house fell into dis-
repair, and the grounds were converted into pasture
for livestock. For the past fifteen to twenty years the
grounds had been completely untended and had
become heavily overgrown with brush and trees.
During this time, the city of Mexico had grown
around the property so that it now lies near the
center of the city (Fig. 1).
The city began clearing the property in December,
1958. At that time it was described as a jungle, with
dense underbrush and vines scattered among very
large trees. Leaves and debris were at least several
inches deep upon the ground. The park property
had been a favorite roosting place for starlings begin-
ning about 1950. By the summer and fall of 1955
this park was inhabited by thousands of these birds,
and their droppings almost completely covered the
ground. Because of the noise of the birds and the
disagreeable odor created by their droppings, the
local residents had undertaken eradication measures,
which had resulted in a marked decrease in the
population of birds since 1955. However, at the time
of the epidemic there was still evidence of consider-
able bird droppings, especially in the southeastern
quarter of the park.
RESULTS
Table 1 compares the skin test and serologic and
x-ray findings on boys who did and did not work
TABLE 1. Results of Skin Tests and Serologic and X-Ray Findings.
GROUP SKIN TEST SEROL0010 TEST X-RAY EEAMINATION
TOTAL
TESTED NO. POSITIVE PERCENTAGE
POSITIVE TOTAL
TESTED NO. POSITIVE PERCENTAGE
POSITIVE TOTAL
TESTED NO. POSITIVE PERCENTAGE
POSITIVE
Worked in park 64 62 97 60 36 60 60 28 47
Did not work in park 46 19 41 32 8 25 36 9 25
one test and whole-yeast phase organisms as antigen
in the other test. A titer of 1:8 or greater by either
test was considered positive.
X-ray films, 14 by 17 inches, were evaluated by
physicians experienced in the interpretation of x-ray
study of the chest. Pulmonary calcifications were
not considered abnormal findings in this study.
Soil samples were collected on several occasions
from the park suspected as the source and cultured
for H. capsulatum by a modified flotation method° fol-
lowed by mouse inoculation.
in the park on March 28, 1959. It can be seen that
of the boys who worked in the park, 97 per cent had
positive histoplasmin skin tests, 60 per cent had
positive complement-fixation tests for histoplasmosis,
and 47 per cent had active lesions on x-ray examina-
tion of the chest. In the group of boys who did not
work on the property only 41 per cent had positive
skin tests, 25 per cent had positive complement-
fixation tests, and 25 per cent had active lesions on
the x-ray films. From these data it appears that
practically all the exposed susceptible boys became

1228
THE NEW ENGLAND JOURNAL OF MEDICINE
infected. It is not surprising to find a number with
evidence of H. capsulatum infection even though they
did not work on this property because Mexico lies
within a highly endemic area. Fifty-five per cent of
Junior High School students in Mexico, excluding
boy scouts, are positive to the histoplasmin skin
test.4 Furthermore, though only a few scouts ad-
mitted having visited the park before the epidemic,
its central location favored casual visits and ex-
posures.
TABLE 2. Soil Collections in Historical Society Park, Mex-
ico, Missouri.
DATE No. OF SAMPLES No. POSITIVE PERCENTAGE
CoLts.crEa CoL* orTM ON CULTURE PosrrrvE
5/6/59 6 5 83
7/14/59 26 15 58
9/16/59 26 16 62
Totab 58 36
Average 62
Only 10 of the boys who worked in the park gave
a history of a clinical illness. Nine of these had
positive histoplasmin skin tests and serologic and
x-ray findings, and in the other only the skin test
was performed, which was positive. In 5 of the 10
boys a moderately severe illness developed, lasting
from one to six weeks, with symptoms of chills, fever,
cough, malaise and chest discomfort. The other 5
reported symptoms of a mild upper-respiratory-tract
infection lasting a few days.
Table 2 and Figure 2 show the sites and results of
cultures of soil samples taken from the park. On
May 6, 1959, 6 soil samples were collected on the
southeastern sector (marked Troop 36 on Figure 2),
which was the area where the 4 most severely ill boys
had worked. H. capsulatum was isolated from 5 of
the 6 samples. At the time of this collection the
ground was relatively dry and almost completely
clear of leaves and debris. About ten days previously
a city employee had run a disk-type cultivator over
most of the property to loosen the topsoil and prevent
the overgrowth of weeds. The underbrush was com-
pletely cleared, and many of the smaller trees had
been removed. In spite of this, enough trees were
present for the grounds to be almost entirely shaded.
Approximately two months later, on July 14, an
additional 26 soil samples were collected from the
entire area of the property. Fifteen of these samples
were positive for H. capsulatum. On September 16,
16 of 26 more soil samples collected were found to be
positive. The majority of the positive samples were
from the southeast quarter of the park although 3
isolations were obtained from the southwest, and 4
from the northeast section.
Sixty-two per cent of all soil samples collected from
this property were positive for H. capsulatum by cul-
ture, an unusually high yield. With this many re-
peated and widely distributed isolations there is
June 15, 1961
little doubt that the fungus was flourishing abun-
dantly throughout a large portion of the park site.
When the high percentage of soil isolations in
this large, open area became evident, a question of
considerable interest arose. Did the frequency of
isolations from the park represent an unusual preva-
lence of the fungus there or merely reflect a high
prevalence throughout the entire area? For this
reason soil samples were collected from 68 selected
sites within a radius of 3 miles from the city of
Mexic'o and in the city itself. The sites selected
were all open areas that were both shaded and along
creek beds, assuming that these would be the most
Missouri Street
Cleared Area
!rZBoseball
+ Diamond
I ~
~
~ ~
~
~ ~
~ 0 ~
~ Troop 40
01
0
I
0 I
~ 0
~
I
0= Negative
+ = Positive
o
+
x
V
0
a
r-_.. I \ , ,
( + Troop 39 0 0 \\V~,~
~ + + ~
+ ° ~\
I_~--1 +°0
I + Troop 36 ~ °} I
~ + L f
}~++
0 0
--- -i
+
( Troop 38
~ + +° I
~ + + +I
I+ +
Western Street
~HQuse
+
0
I
rainaqe Ditch
0 Troop 36
I I
FI6URE 2. Sites of Soil Samples in Historical Society Park,
Mexico, Missouri.
favorable environments for growth of fungi. How-
ever, there was no evidence of excessive bird roosting
at any of these sites. As shown in Figure 1, only 1
of the 68 soil specimens studied with the procedure
used on the park soils was positive for H. capsulatum.
It is quite clear, therefore, that the frequency of
isolations from the park was unique and not in any
way typical of similar sites in the same area.
DISCUSSION
As mentioned previously it is now clear that there
are at least four distinct sources of infection for urban
persons.
Visits to Farms or Prior Rural Residence
Studies published in 1957 and 19581,2 gave clear
evidence of the relation between farm contact and
.

e
Vol. 264 No. 24 URBAN HISTOPLASMOSIS-FURCOLOW ET AL.
the incidence of histoplasmin sensitivity. Among
city children who had visited on farms the estimated
annual conversion rates were twice as high as those
of children who denied such visits. If the child had
lived on a farm the annual conversion rate was over
five times as high.
Exposure to Imported Farm Soils or Manures
The first report of H. capsulatum infection due to
the importation and use of infected soil was presented
by Kier et a1.3 in 1954 from Memphis, Tennessee.
Similar epidemics were reported from Rockford,
Illinois, in 1955,5 Mountain Home, Arkansas, in
1956,° Dallas County, Alabama, in 1958,° and Sturgis,
Mississippi, in 1959.$ In these urban epidemics it
appeared quite clear that the importation of infected
material contaminated by droppings of birds, usually
chickens, was the cause.
Exposure in Urban Structures
Still another group of epidemics have been as-
sociated with the demolition of buildings in cities,
particularly belfries, old schoolhouses and various
other old buildings, all of which were contaminated
with bird droppings, usually from pigeons. The
first reported epidemic of this type occurred in
Plattsburg, New York, in 1938,° with subsequent
epidemics in Mandan, North Dakota,10 Warrenton,
North Carolina,ll and Cincinnati, Ohio.12 In the
Fort Leavenworth, Kansas, study2 conversion rates
were especially high during the first year of the
study among the top-floor residents of a large
apartment house, where a sprinkler system was being
installed. The remodeling for this equipment scat-
tered pigeon dung deposited in the attic and
created considerable dust. The rate of infection was
markedly lower in the following year after the re-
modeling had been completed.
Exposure in Open Urban Areas
Finally, and most recently, infection occurring in
open areas in cities has come into prominence. This
form of exposure appears to be both endemic and
epidemic. Perhaps the first epidemic that came to
attention occurred in Madison, Wisconsin,13 in an
open area on the edge of the city in June, 1948. Ten
persons became infected while digging fishing worms
in a shaded, marshy area on the edge of Madison.
H. capsulatum was recovered from the site. Recent
inquiry'i has revealed that the area was known to be
a resting place of large numbers ( thousands ) of
blackbirds and starlings. The next reported epi-
demic, which ocaurred at Walworth, Wisconsin,15
also an area known to be of low (4 per cent) histo-
plasmin sensitivity, involved 19 persons and was asso-
ciated with excavation for a basement on a large,
shaded lot. In Walworth itself the prevalence of
1229
sensitivity to histoplasmin was shown to be directly
correlated with the distance of residence from the
site of the epidemic. H. capsulatum was repeatedly
recovered from soil taken from the site. Ten years
previously, starlings had roosted in the trees around
this lot, and considerable droppings were reported
to have accumulated. Neither birds nor droppings
were evident at the time of the epidemic.
In Columbus, Wisconsin, also an area of low histo-
plasmin sensitivity, another urban epidemic occurred
in an open area around a church.1° Digging around
shrubbery in the church yard in an area contaminated
by pigeon droppings resulted in the infection of some
23 persons. H. capsulatum was isolated from the
contaminated soil.
This report represents the fourth epidemic of this
type. Unlike the Wisconsin epidemics, the Mexico
epidemic occurred in an area of generally high histo-
plasmin sensitivity. Nevertheless, the epidemic was
clearly defined, and more than 20 persons were in-
fected. Here, again, there was a history of starling
infestation and heavy accumulation of their drop-
pings.
Two urban endemic areas of high prevalence of
histoplasmin sensitivity surrounded by rural areas
of low prevalence have been reported. In Dalton,
Georgia,'' where children in the city of Dalton had
a sensitivity rate of about 60 per cent to histoplasmin,
those in the surrounding rural area showed a preva-
lence of only 20 per cent. It appeared that the
infection was centered in this city, particularly in
the wealthier, more shaded areas. Inquiry revealed
that from the early 1930's until about 1950 large
flocks of birds, principally starlings, wintered in
the area from late October through March. At times,
over 10,000 birds roosting in the large trees lining
the streets of the wealthier residential area were
counted, and accumulations of droppings were defi-
nitely noted.l$
More recently a high prevalence of histoplasmin
sensitivity has been reported in the city of Milan,
Michigan, in the center of an area where the preva-
lence of sensitivity ranges between 2 and 11 per
cent among school children.19 In this small city
the prevalence was found to be 61 per cent among
school children. In Milan, also, there was definite
evidence of excessive starling harborage, particularly
near the schools. The droppings were reported
to have made the ground white and walking
hazardous.'0
The association of soil contaminated with chicken
and pigeon droppings and infection with histoplasma
has frequently been observed. Contamination by bat
droppings l and on one occasion oilbird droppingsZ"
has been reported. Most of these sites of infection
have been rural or in caves or other rather remote
locations. The present paper points up the impor-
tance of contamination of soil in urban locations by
I
m

1230
THE NEW ENGLAND JOURNAL OF MEDICINE June 15, 1961
a new type of bird - namely, the European starling
(Sturnus vulgaris linnaeus). Further investigations
of the part played by these birds in infection with
H. capsulatum is being undertaken.
SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS
Further evidence has now accumulated that city
dwellers contract histoplasmosis by contact with
point sources of growth of the organism and not by
the casual inhalation of wind-borne spores dis-
seminated throughout the city.
A pattern of urban histoplasmosis that includes at
least four distinct sources of infection has emerged:
visits to farms or prior rural residence; exposure to
imported farm soils or manures; exposure in urban
structures frequented by birds; and exposure in open
urban areas. In each of these forms of exposure, urban
infection can be related directly to exposure to
sources contaminated with bird excreta.
An urban epidemic of histoplasmosis in Mexico,
Missouri, illustrating the fourth source of infection
listed above, is described. Frequent isolations from
this source indicate a high degree of contamination
with Histoplasma capsulatum.
It is postulated that starlings and perhaps other
gregarious birds that frequent cities may be impor-
tant in creating sites of florid fungus growth within
communities in areas of both high and low prevalence.
REFERENCES
1. Furcolow, M. L., and Ney P. E. Epidemiologic aspects of histo-
plasmosis. Am. J. Hyg. 65:264-270, 1957.
2. Anderson, N. W., Doto, I. L., and Furcolow, M. L. Clinical,
x-ray and serologic changes with Histoplasma infection. 1'ub.
Health Rey 73:73-82, 1958.
3. Kier, J. H., Campbell, C. C., Ajello, L., and Sutliff, W. D.
Acute bronchopneumonic histoplasmosis following exposure to in-
fected garden soil. J.A.M.A. 155:1230-1232, 1954.
4. Furcolow, M. L. Unpublished data.
5. Loosli, C. G. Symposium on clinical advances in medicine: his-
to~lasmosis: some clinical, epidemiological and laboratory aspects.
M. Clin. Nortk America 39:171-199, 1955.
6. Chin, T. D. Y., et al. Epidemic of histoplasmosis among school
children in Arkansas. South. M. J. 49:785-792, 1956.
7. Hosty, T. S., Ajello, L., Wallace, G. D., Howell, J., and Moore, J.
Small outbreak of histoplasmosis. Am. Rev. Tuberc. 78:576-582,
1958. 4
8. Hagstrom, R. M. Epidemiologic studies by county health depart-
ments. Mississippi Doctor 37:141-145, 1959.
9. Nauen, R., and Korns, R. F. Localized epidemic of acute miliary
pneumonitis associated with handling of pigeon manure. Presented
at annual meeting, American Public Health Association, New York
City, New York, October 3-5, 1944.
10. Furcolow, M. L., and Grayston, J. T. Occurrence of histoplas-
mosis in epidemics: etiologic studies. Am. Rev. Tuberc. 68:307-
320, 1953.
11. Parrott. T., Jr., Taylor, G., Poston, M. A., and Smith, D. T.
Epidemic of histoplasmosis in Warrenton, North Carolina. South.
M. J. 48:1147-1150, 1955.
12. Feldman, H. A., and Sabin, A. B. Pneumonitis of unknown
etiology in group of men exposed to pigeon excreta. J. Clin. In-
uestipation 27:533, 1948.
13. Dickie, H. A., Ackerman, H., and Murphy, M. Unpublished data.
14. Dickie, H. A. Personal communication.
15. Wilcox, K. R., Jr., Waisbren, B. A., and Martin, J. Walworth,
Wisconsin, epidemic of histoplasmosis. Ann. Int. Med. 49:388-418,
1958.
16. Dickie. H. A., Bayley, H., and Poser, R. F. Unpublished data.
17. Edwards, P. Q., Ajello, L., Moore, J., Jacobs, C. F., and Aronson,
D. L. Soil sampling in urban focus of histoplasmin sensitivity.
Am. Rev. Resp. Dis. 81:747-751, 1960.
18. Jacobs, C. F., and Hamilton A. P. Personal communication.
19. Engelke, O. K., Hemphill, P. M., Bushell, E., and McKinney,
E. B. Survey of tuberculin and histoplasmin reactors among school
children of Washtenaw County, Michigan. Am. J. Pub. Health S0:
368-376, 1960.
20. Curtis, A. C., et al. Personal communication.
21. Englert, E., Jr., and Phillips, A. W. Acute diffuse pulmonary
granulomatosis in bridge workers. Am. J. Med. 15:733-740, 1953.
22. Ajello, L., Briceno-Maaz, T., Campins, H., and Moore, J. C.
Isolation of Histoplasma capsulatum from oil bird (Steatornis
caripensis) cave in Venezuela. Mycopathologia 12:199-206, 1960.
CONSTRICTIVE PERICARDITIS DUE TO HISTOPLASMA CAPSULAT UM*
CHARLES F. WOOLEY, M.D.,t AND DON M. HosIER, M.D,$
COLUMBUS, OHIO
THE progressive increase in knowledge of the clini-
cal spectrum of histoplasmosis in man, coupled
with the infrequency of a specific etiologic diagnosis
in patients with chronic constrictive pericarditis, con-
tributes to the interest of the following case report.
CASE REPORT
A 14-year-old high-school girl was admitted for the
1st time to Children's Hospital for evaluation of recurrent
edema on November 1, 1959.
She had been in good health until February, 1956, when,
at 11 years of age, she was admitted to another hospital
with a 2-week history of anorexia, malaise, nonproductive
cough, chest discomfort and abdominal pain. Fever was
present, with daily elevations of temperature to 104 to
105°F. Pertinent findings included orthopnea, dyspnea at
rest and signs of pleural and pericardial effusions.
There was a slight leukocytosis initially; the erythrocyte
sedimentation rate was 30 mm. per hour. Antistreptolysin-O
titers and the test for C-reactive protein were within normal
*From the departments of Medicine (Cardiologp) and Pediatrics, Ohio
State University College of Medicine and the Children's Hospital.
iFellow, Central Ohio Heart Association.
$Associate professor of pediatrics, Ohio State University College of
Medicine.
limits. Serial electrocardiograms showed ST-segment and
T-wave changes consistent with pericarditis. Pericardio-
centeses on successive days yielded 300 ml. and 350 ml. of
serous fluid, with a specific gravity of 1.020 and 10,000 red
cells and 1400 white cells per cubic millimeter. Gram stain,
culture and stains for acid-fast bacilli and cultures for
pyogens were negative. Therapy included rest, digitalis,
penicillin and cortisone. The duration and amount of
therapy were not recorded. The course was one of progres-
sive improvement; fever gradually subsided, no murmurs de-
veloped, the cardiac silhouette returned to normal over a
period of 4 weeks, and electrocardiograms manifested per-
sistence of the precordial T-wave inversion.
The child was admitted to the same institution in Feb-
ruary, 1957, for re-evaluation. No mention of the physical
findings was made; however, an electrocardiogram revealed
persistent myocardial changes and x-ray study of the chest
showed a normal cardiac silhouette.
At the time of the initial admission to Children's Hospital
on November 1, 1959, the patient's complaint was that of
recurrent pedal edema of approximately 9 or 10 months'
duration and the more recent development of intermittent
edema of the face and hands. Since the time of the initial
illness, she had been troubled with easy fatigability. During
the year preceding admission she had attended school full
time; however, she was unable to participate in any vigorous
activities. Symptoms included orthopnea requiring 2 pillows
for relief and dyspnea on exertion. There was no paroxysmal
dyspnea, chest pain or hemoptysis.
i
4
F

,
.
.
Vol. 264 No. 24 PERICARDITIS DUE TO HISTOPLASMA- WOOLEI' AND HOSIER
The family history revealed no significant abnormality.
The family lived on a farm, which was not worked by the
family, and the patient had not actively participated in ani-
mal care or handling.
Physical examination showed a well developed, well
nourished girl weighing 52.1 kg. (115 pounds) who was
moderately orthopneic. There was minimal distention of the
neck veins and of the veins of the upper extremities. No
pulsatile activity was noted in the neck veins. The lungs
were clear to percussion and auscultation. The heart was
not enlarged. The rhythm was regular. The heart sounds
were distant and of poor quality. No murmurs were noted,
and no adventitious sounds were appreciated. The liver was
palpable at the right costal margin; the spleen was not pal-
pable. Peripheral pulses were all normal. There was + +
pretibial edema bilaterally. A suggestion of some periorbital
fullness was noted; there was no edema of the upper extremi-
ties or the face.
The temperature was 98.6°F:, the pulse 80, and the respi-
rations 20. The blood pressure was 110/70 in both arms and
135/100 in both legs.
The hemoglobin was 13.6 gm. per 100 ml., and the white-
cell count 8500, with a normal differential. The sedimenta-
tion rate was ?5 mm. per hour. Urinalysis was within nor-
mal limits, as were the blood urea nitrogen, electrolytes and
serum proteins. Agglutination studies for typhoid 0 and H,
paratyphoid A and B, salmonella B, E and C, Proteus OX
19 and hrucella were all negative. X-ray study of the
chest (Fig. 1) showed deposits of calcium in the hilar re-
FIGURE 1. Posteroanterior View of the Chest before Opera-
tion.
The heart size is normal. The contour of the right atrium is
slightly distorted, with an area of linear calcification in the
pericardium in the same area. The pulmonary artery is
slightly prominent. Deposits of calcium are present in the
hilar and peripheral lung fields bilaterally.
gions and peripheral lung fields bilaterally. There was a
streak of calcium superimposed on the right and posterior
borders of the pericardium, with speckled deposits of calcium
overlying the margin of the left ventricle. The transverse
diameter of the heart was within normal limits. Fluoroscopy
and cinefluorographic studies of the heart showed normal
pulsations in the region of the aorta and the pulmonary
artery; pulsations of the remainder of the left cardiac border
were very sli,,ht. On the right side the streak of calcium
noted on the plain films was seen just above the diaphragm;
the movement was very slight throughout this area and
along the entire right cardiac border. An electrocardiogram
1231
showed low voltage in the limb leads and inverted T waves
in Leads 1, 2, 3, aVF and V, through V,,.
Skin tests were negative at 48 hours for purified protein
derivative, 1st and 2d strengths, positive at 24 and 48 hours
for histoplasmin, 1:-100 dilution, and negative for bruceller-
gen and coccidioidin. The histoplasmin collodion agglutina-
tion test was negative. The histoplasmin complement-fixation
test of Saslaw and Campbell,' employing whole-yeast phase
antigen, was ++-b + at 1: 5 dilution, + + + + at 1: 10
dilution, +-}- + at 1: 20 dilution, + at 1:40 dilution and
negative at 1:80 and 1:160 dilutions. The control was
FIGURE 2. Low-Power Photomicrograph of the Pericardium
(Hematoxylin and Eosin Stain), Showing the Margin be-
tween the Central Area of Caseation Necrosis and the Outer
Fibrous Wall.
Note the granulomatous inflammatory reaction with Lang-
hans-type giant cells.
negative. Studies performed at the Ohio State Public Health
Laboratory showed a positive Kolmer complement-fixation
test (yeast phase, ground suspension) at 1: 16 dilution and
a negative complement-fixation test for histoplasmin.
At catheterization of the right side of the heart the mean
pressure in the right atrium was 11 mm. of mercury, the
pressure curve being M shaped. The pressure in the right
ventricle was 30/12, with a characteristic early diastolic dip
and plateau pattern. The pulmonary-artery pressure was
19/14, the left-brachial-artery pressure 137/80.
At surgery the pericardium was obviously constricting the
heart. The heart was small, and the pulsatile activity was
markedly reduced. After the initial incision of the anterior
pericardium, the heart bulged into the incision. While the
pericardium was being removed from the apex of the left
ventricle, a cavity was entered that contained approxi-
mately 5 ml. of green, grumous material, which was removed
with the remainder of the pericardium. The myocardium
appeared normal, and there was no evidence of myocardial
replacement by fibrosis. The surgical procedure proceeded
without incident, and the postoperative course was unre-
markable.
After operation cinefluorographic studies of the heart
showed excellent pulsation along both cardiac borders. Cul-
tures of the pericardium and the material obtained at surgery
were negative for pyogens, acid-fast bacilli and fungi.
Histologic sections of the pericardium disclosed a chronic
granulomatous inflammatory reaction, with areas of casea-
tion necrosis (Fig. 2). Methenamine silver stains on serial
sections showed multiple round to oval bodies in areas of
caseation necrosis morphologically consistent with Histo-
plasma capsulatum (Fig. 3).
Slides, including methenamine silver stains, made from the
blocks of the surgical specimen were reviewed by Dr. Henry
C. Sweany, director of research, Missouri State Sanatorium,
who noted typical yeast bodies in 4 of 5 slides, and con-
sidered the diagnosis positive for H. capsulatum.
Six weeks after the operative procedure the electrocardio-
gram was normal. X-ray study of the chest showed a slight
increase in heart size as compared to preoperative films;
however, the heart size was within normal limits. The pa-
tient remained well 1 year later.

1232
THE NEW ENGLAND JOURNAL OF MEDICINE June 15, 1961
DlscussloN
Pericardial calcification associated with histoplasmin
sensitivity has previously been recorded,z-5 with ac-
companying suggestions that histoplasmosis may be
a cause of pericardial calcification and perhaps of
constrictive pericarditis. Within the spectrum of clini-
cal histoplasmosis chronic fibrous mediastinitis with
caval obstruction,s myocarditisT and endocarditis$
have been reported.
FIGURE 3. Oil-Immersion Photomicrograph (Comori's Me-
thenamine Silver Stain).
This photograph was taken in the area of caseation necrosis
similar to that demonstrated in Figure 2. Note the multiple
round to oval black-staining bodies morphologically consistent
with H. capsulatum organisms.
Apparently, neither pericardial effusion nor calcific
constrictive pericarditis due to H. capsulatum has
previously been documented e That this should occur
is not surprising in view of the known facts regarding
the pathogenesis10 and ever-broadening spectrumll
of histoplasmosis in the human being. Nor is it sur-
prising that routine studies of surgical or autopsy
material have not yielded information implicating
histoplasmosis as a cause of constrictive pericarditis.
In addition to the necessity for multiple tissue sections
and a variety of special stains, it must be appreciated
that H. capsulatum occurring extracellularly in ne-
crotic tissue differs histologically from the intracellu-
lar forms in viable tissue.l'
Undoubtedly, the use of skin testing, serologic
studies, appropriate culture technics and special his-
tologic studies of pathological specimens will show
that histoplasmosis has been an unrecognized cause
of pericarditis, pericardial effusion and constrictive
pericarditis.
SUMMARY
A case of constrictive pericarditis due to Histo-
plasma capsulatum is presented.
Surgery for constrictive pericarditis was performed
three years after an acute illness manifested by fever,
pleural` effusions, pericarditis and pericardial effusion
requiring pericardiocentesis.
Diagnostic studies gave hemodynamic and cine-
fluorographic evidence of pericardial constriction,
multiple pulmonary calcifications, histoplasmin sen-
sitivity, serologic studies consistent with a previous
histoplasmosis infection and organisms in the peri-
cardial tissue morphologically compatible with H.
capsulatum.
We are indebted to Dr. William A. Newton, associate pro-
fessor of pediatrics and pathology, for the histopathologic
studies and photomicrographs and to Dr. Samuel Saslaw, pro-"
fessor of medicine, and Dr. Phillip Pratt, assistant professor
of pathology. Dr. Michael L. Furcolow, chief, Communicable
Disease Center, Kansas City, Kansas, was most helpful, and
Dr. Henry Sweany, director of research, Missouri State
Sanatorium, reviewed the pathological material.
t
0
REFERENCES
1. Saslaw, S., and Campbell, C. C. Use of yeastphase antigens in
2. complement fixation test for histoplasmosis. I. Preliminary results
with rabbit sera. J. Lab. & Clin. Med. 33:811-818, 1948.
Billings, F. T., Jr., and Couch O. A., Jr. Pericardial calcification
3. and histoplasmin sensitivity. Ann. Int. Med. 42:654-658, 1955.
McNerney, J. J. Histoplasmin sensitivity associated with pericardial
4. calcification. Am. Heart J. 52:609-611, 1956.
Lamb, L. E. Electrocardiographic findings of pericarditis and histo-
5. plasmin sensitivity. Am. Heart J. 53:301-304, 1957.
Hurwitz, J. K., and Pastor, B. H. Pericardial calcification asso-
6. ciated with histoplasmosis. New Eng. J. Med. 260:543, 1959.
Salyer, J. M., Harrison, H. N., Winn, D. F., Jr., and Taylor,
7. R. R. Chronic fibrous mediastinitis and superior vena caval ob-
struction due to histoplasmosis. Dis. of Chest 35:364-377, 1959.
Saphir, O. Non-rheumatic inflammatory diseases of heart. In
8. Pathology of the Heart. Edited by S. E. Gould. 1023 pp. Spring-
field, Illinois: Thomas, 1953. P. 806.
Merchant, R. K., Louria, D. B., Geisler, P. H., Edgcomb, J. H.,
9. and Utz, J. P. Fungal endocarditis: review of literature and report
of three cases. Ann. Int. Med. 48:242-266, 1958.
Spodick, D. H. Acute Pericarditis. 182 pp. New York: Grune
,
0
1959. P. 117.
10. Sweany, H. C. Pathogenesis of histoplasmosis in human body. In
11. Histohlasmosis. Edited by H. C. Sweany. 538 pp. Springfield,
Illinois: Thomas, 1960. Pp. 268-291.
Conrad, F. G., Saslaw, S., and Atwell, R. J. Protean manifesta-
tions of histoplasmosis as illustrated in twenty-three cases. Arch.
Int. Med. 104:692-709, 1959.
12. Binford, C. H. Histoplasmosis: tissue reactions and morphologic
variations of fungus. Am. J. Clin. Path. 25:25-36, 1955.

.
i
Vol. 264 No. 24 ANOMALOUS PULMONARY VENOUS CONNECTION -KALMANSOHN ET AL. 1233
PARTIAL ANOMALOUS PULMONARY VENOUS CONNECTION WITH
UNUSUAL VARIATIONS *
ROBERT B. KALMANSOHN, M.D.,t JAMES V. MALONEY, JR., M.D.,$ AND
RICHARD W. KALMANSOHN, M.D.t
LOS ANGELES
S INCE the development of effective surgical meth-
ods for treating congenital heart lesions there
has been a renewed emphasis on clinical diagnosis.
Anomalous pulmonary venous connection is one of
the conditions in which the typical clinical syndrome
has been clarified in recent years.l-' We have studied
2 patients who presented unusual clinical variants of
the syndrome.
CASE REPORTS
CASE 1. A 10-year-old boy was first seen on May 13,
1958, with the complaints of wheezing, dyspnea and ankle
edema. The symptoms were progressive and of 2 months'
duration. Since the age of 5 years, he had had episodes of
wheezing, which were attributed to allergy. A heart mur-
mur was detected at the age of 9 months during a hospital
admission for pertussis. Otherwise, the past history was
noncontributory, without mention of maternal rubella, other
congenital anomalies, cyanosis, squatting or clubbing.
FIGURE 1. Preoperative Posteroanterior Roentgenogram in
Case 1, Demonstrating an Abnormal Shadow in the Left
Upper Lobe (See Insert).
Physical examination revealed an asthenic boy who was
underdeveloped physically, but not mentally. He was orthop-
neic and had grossly audible wheezes. The temperature
was 98.6°F. (37°C.) by mouth, the respirations 40, and
the pulse 104 and regular. The neck veins were distended,
without visible pulsation. The chest was asymmetrically
deformed, with a prominence of the left hemithorax, par-
ticularly in the parasternal area. A Grade 3, low-pitched,
'From the departments of Medicine and Surgery, University of Cali-
fornia Medical Center.
Supported in part by grants-in-aid (H-2812 and HTS-5357) from the
United States Public Health Service. Dr. Maloney's work was supported
by the Scholar Program of the John and Mary R. Markle Foundation.
tClinical instructor in medicine, University of California School of
Medicine.
$Associate professor of surgery, University of California School of
Medicine.
continuous murmur with late systolic accentuation was
maximally audible at the pulmonic area and was associated
with a thrill in the same area; the murmur was transmitted
too the back, neck and apex. The pulmonic 2d sound was
markedly accentuated and moderately split. Subcrepitant
rales were audible anteriorly and posteriorly over the lower-
lung fields. The liver, palpable 2 fingerbreadths below the
right costal border, was firm, nontender and nonpulsatile.
All peripheral pulses were easily palpated; the blood pres-
sure taken at rest was 103/70 in the right arm and
165/80 in the right leg. There was + + peripheral edema.
FIGURE 2. Postoperative Posteroanterior Roentgenogram in
Case 1, Demonstrating the Abnormal Shadow Now Angulated
Owing to Surgical Correction.
Laboratory data included a sedimentation rate of 5 mm.
per hour (Wintrobe method), hemoglobin of 16.5 gm. per
100 ml., a white-cell count of 12,640, with a normal differ-
ential, urinary specific gravity of 1.006, with a + to -}- +
test for protein, and an electrocardiogram suggestive of
biventricular hypertrophy and enlargement of the right
atrium; the vectorcardiogram was interpreted as indicating
enlargement of the right ventricle, and the phonocardiogram
showed a continuous murmur, with an accentuated 2d
sound. Chest roentgenograms showed gross cardiomegaly,
bilateral pleural effusions, and marked enlargement of the
main and secondary branches of the pulmonary artery. A
hilar dance was present on chest fluoroscopy.
It was subsequently noted, in retrospect, that there was
a shadow in the left upper lobe that did not follow normal
vascular patterns. After surgical correction this shadow
became angulated, which probably indicated the new course
of the vein since it was transposed to the left atrial ap-
pendage (Fig. 1 and 2).
The patient was treated for congestive heart failure for
a 2-week period. When cardiac compensation had been
restored arterial oxygen saturation was 90.9 per cent (Van
Slyke). The clinical impression was a patent ductus arteri-
osus, with marked pulmonary hypertension but with a
predominant left-to-right shunt.
On June 3 a left-sided thoracotomy was performed, and
a patent ductus arteriosus was divided. The ductus was 1.4
cm. in diameter, and the pulmonary-artery pressure appeared
approximately the same as the aortic pressure. The pul-
monary-artery pressure was 40 to 50 mm. of mercury after
the division of the ductus and 65 mm. of mercury at the
end of the operation. It was found that the vein draining
I
n
Q
I
I

1234
THE NEW ENGLAND JOURNAL OF MEDICINE
both divisions of the left upper lobe joined the innominate
vein. The anomalous vein was divided from its attachment
to the innominate vein and anastomosed to the left atrial
appendage. After operation the patient had transient sys-
temic hypertension and gastrointestinal bleeding of unknown
origin. One year later the ventricular enlargement had re-
gressed, as demonstrated by the physical examination, an
electrocardiogram and x-ray studies. The patient was symp-
tom free and without the need of medication. No heart
murmurs were audible.
CASE 2. An 11-year-old boy was first seen in June, 1958,
because of a heart murmur first discovered in the preceding
month. There was no history of rheumatic fever, congenital
anomalies or cardiovascular disability.
FIGURE 3. Posteroanterior Roentgenogram in Case 2, Show-
ing the Changes Described in the Text.
Physical examination showed an obese boy in no apparent
distress. He had a moderately high-arched palate, normal
neck veins and clear lungs. The blood pressure was 120/70
in the arms, with a higher record in the legs. The pulse
was 80, and the rhythm was regular; the left heart border
was in the mid-clavicular line in the 5th interspace. There
was a palpable thrust in the 4th interspace at the left para-
sternal line. The aortic 2d sound was equal in intensity to
the pulmonic, which was moderately split and fixed in all
phases of respiration. There was a Grade 3, low-pitched,
ejection-type systolic murmur, maximal at the pulmonic
area, which was transmitted to the 3d and 4th interspaces
to the left of the sternum.
Chest fluoroscopy and roentgenography showed exag-
gerated hilar pulsations, a prominent main pulmonary ar-
tery, hyperemia of the lung fields and enlargement of the
right ventricle and possibly of the right atrium (Fig. 3).
An electrocardiogram showed a pattern of right-bundle-
branch block. Catheterization of the right side of the heart
demonstrated a pressure of 30/0 in the right ventricle and
25/10 in the main pulmonary artery; oxygen saturation
studies showed a step-up from 65 per cent in the superior
vena cava to 79 to 83 per cent in the right atrium, with the
latter saturation persisting in the right ventricle and the
pulmonary artery.
In August, 1958, at thoracotomy under hypothermia, no
June 15, 1961
evidence of a defect of the atria] septum was found. Instead,
the right and left inferior pulmonary veins drained into a
3d atrial chamber posterior to the right atrium. This
chamber drained into the right atrium. Because it was
thought that there was insufficient time under hypothermia
to correct the defects completely, the chest was closed, and
the patient was rescheduled for operation with the use of
extracorporeal circulation.
On August 12, 1959, a bilateral thoracotomy was per-
formed. A flap was cut out of the atrial septum and used
as part of the wall between the left atrium and the 3d
chamber on the one hand and the right atrium on the
other. Then, a continuous silk suture starting at the caudal
area of the 3d atrial chamber was used, and the 2 edges
were sewn together so that the anomalous veins and coro-
nary sinus were displaced to the left. This suture line then
included the flap in the atrial septum previously described,
so that a solid wall was formed between the 2 chambers
on the left and the chamber on the right.* This was done
with the use of anoxic cardioplegia, the aortic clamp being
released at 10-minute intervals. The patient made an un-
eventful recovery.
DISCUSSION
We could find only 1 mention in the literature of
an association of anomalous venous connection and
patent ductus arteriosus. Zieglers reported a nine-
month-old patient with these anomalies; no clinical
details were given, and surgical correction was not
mentioned. Reference has been made in the litera-
ture to only two types of anomalous connection of
pulmonary veins that could be recognized in the
posteroanterior roentgenograms of the chest' - that
is, the so-called "figure-of-eight" type of drainage into
a persistent left superior vena cava or vertical vein
and the type in which all or some of the right pul-
monary veins drain into the inferior vena cava. Thus,
we have described a third type that may be recog-
nized on the conventional posteroanterior film of the
chest.
We have been unable to find a case similar to
Case 2. Five patients with partial anomalous pul-
monary venous connection of both lung fields have
been described3,',s; 4 patients had associated septal
defects, and the fifth' had anomalous connection of
the right lower lobe and the entire left lung. Be-
cause of the significant amount of blood draining
anomalously, a normal life span was probably not to
be anticipated.s,lo,l' In retrospect, there was little
reason to suspect this anomaly rather than a defect
of the interatrial septum: the clinical findings -
that is, evidence of a left-to-right shunt at an atrial
level - are the same; the patient's habitus, although
unusual in association with an ostittm-secundum
type of septal defect, is not unheard of in that con-
dition, since the shunt was, in reality, at the atrial
level; the site of oxygen step-up is similar in these
two conditions; and angiocardiography and dye-
dilution studies would probably not have been of
value.
An anomalous vein draining part of a lobe as an
"An illustrated operative description in a similar case has been pre-
sented elsewhere.l
d
.

Vol. 264 No. 24 SMOKING AND LUNG CANCER - WYNDER
isolated finding would probably not be of great
clinical or prognostic significance. However, when
combined with a patent ductus arteriosus and pul-
lnonary hypertension, it might have assumed greater
significance.
SLTMMARY
Two patients with unusual types of anomalous pul-
monary venous connections are described. The first
had a patent ductus arteriosus with pulmonary hy-
pertension and an anomalous vein draining both
divisions of the left upper lobe into the left in-
nominate vein; the second had anomalous veins
draining both lower lobes into a fifth chamber be-
hind the right atrium. All anomalies were corrected
in both patients.
REFERENCES
1235
1. Longmire, W. P., Jr., Burroughs, J. T., and Maloney, J. V., Jr.
Total pulmonary venous connection. Surgery 44:572-577, 1958.
Bruwer, A. J. Posteroanterior chest roentgcnogram in 2 types of
anomalous pulmonary venous connection. J. Thoracic Surg. 32:119-
134, 1956.
3. Brody, H. Drainage of pulmonary veins into right side of heart.
Arch. Path. 33:221-240, 1942.
4. Guntheroth, W. G., Nadas, A. S., and Gross. R. E. Transposition
of pulmonary veins. Circulation 18:117-137, 1958.
5. Steinberg, L, and Finby, N. Clinical and an$iocardiographie fea-
tures of congenital anomalies of pulmonary circulation: classifica-
tion and review. Angiology 7:378-395, 1956.
6. Levinson, D. C., et al. Transposed pulmonary veins: correlation of
clinical and cardiac catheterization data. Am. J. Med. 15:143-157,
1953.
7. Gilman, R. A., Skowron, C. A. R., Musser, B. G., and Bailey,
C. P. Partial anomalous venous drainage. Am. J. Surg. 94:688-694,
1957.
8. Ziegler, R. F. Importance of patent ductus arteriosus in infants.
Am. Heart J. 43:553-572, 1952.
9. Ellis, F. H., Jr., Callahan, J. A., DuShane, J. W., Edwards, J. E.,
and Wood, E. H. Partial anomalous venous pulmonary venous con-
nections involving both lungs with interatrial communication: report
of two cases treated surgically. Proc. Stajf Meet., Mayo Clin. 33:
65-74, 1958.
10. Healey, J. E., Jr. Anatomic survey of anomalous pulmonary veins:
their clinical significance. J. Thoracic Surg. 23:433-444, 1952.
I1. Hughes, C. W.. and Rurnore, P. C. Anomalous pulmonary veins.
Arch. Path. 37:364-366, 1944.
SPECIAL ARTICLES
AN APPRAISAL OF THE SMOKING-LUNG-CANCER ISSUE*
ERNEST L. WYNDER, M.D. t
NEW YORK CITY
A
A DEBATE with Dr. Little on the relation of
lung cancer to smoking is a welcome oppor-
tunity to clarify the issue and some of the different
points of view that undoubtedly still exist. This dis-
cussion permits us to review the evidence and to
judge the extent to which the case has been estab-
lished or remains still unproved. It is the task of the
independent researcher, as well as that of the tobacco
industry, to determine the facts as they are and then
to let the facts speak for themselves. There are fields
of human endeavor in which facts can be suppressed
and at times submerged forever. Not so, however, in
science. Here, facts may be destructively criticized
and misrepresented, but if indeed they are facts, they
will eventually be accepted, as the history of scientific
progress testifies. It is this aspect of science that has
always appealed to me as one of its greatest assets.
Any scientist welcomes constructive criticism,
Destructive criticism, however, from whatever source
does not aid scientific progress. If one negates the
value of statistics as part of scientific proof, disre-
gards animal evidence as at least aiding human data
and sets a goal for acceptable proof that is based
upon impossible conditions, the very aim to resolve
a given issue is paralyzed.
'From the Section of Epidemiology, Division of Preventive Medicine,
Sloan-Kettering Institute.
Presented at a meeting of the New England States Chapter, Ameri-
can College of Chest Physicians, Boston, lYovember 18, 1960.
tAssociate professor of preventive medicine, Sloan-Kettering Division
of Cornell University Medical College.
The issue that we set out to debate is whether
smoking, particularly of cigarettes, increases the risk
of lung cancer. The issue is not whether we under-
stand the basic mechanism of carcinogenesis, as cer-
tainly we do not. The issue is not whether other exog-
enous or endogenous factors influence the develop-
ment of lung cancer, as undoubtedly they do. The
issue is not that lung cancer may occur in nonsmokers,
as may, though exceedingly rarely, happen. The issue
is whether in the absence of smoking the present
incidence of lung cancer would be reduced. The
issue is not whether cigarette smoking influences the
development of all or even the majority of cases of
lung cancer. The issue is whether it influences any.
From the point of view of preventive medicine, if
smoking leads to the development of even a single
case of lung cancer, it is clearly the task of physicians
and the tobacco industry to acknowledge this fact
and to undertake steps to prevent such an occurrence.
I propose, in agreement with a large portion of
responsible scientific opinion, that smoking of ciga-
rettes at least to some extent increases the risk that
cancer of the,lung will develop. Dr. Little, I suspect,
holds that it has not been established that such a
relation exists to any degree.
I should like to outline the existing evidences, pre-
slfmptive, statistical, epidemiologic, pathological, bio-
logic and chemical, that, taken together, in my
opinion demonstrate beyond any reasonable doubt
that smoking of cigarettes increases the risk of lung
I
tl
I

1236
THE NEW ENGLAND JOURNAL OF MEDICINE June 15, 1961
cancer and that, in fact, it is to be regarded as a
causative factor of this disease.
PRESUMPTIVE EVIDENCE
There has been a real increase in the incidence
of lung cancer that cannot be accounted for by
improved diagnostic tools. This increase can be
explained by any number of environmental factors
that have increased during the last few decades, in-
cluding cigarettes. The increase has been primarily
in men and not in women, which makes it difficult
to give a major role to air pollution, but is in line
with cigarette consumption, since males in the cancer
age have smoked far more and over a longer period
than women. Clinicians have observed that the vast
majority of their patients with lung cancer are heavy
cigarette smokers. They have also observed that heavy
cigarette smoking may lead to chronic cough and that
upon cessation of smoking, such a cough frequently
disappears. Certainly, therefore, it is known that the
suspected factor comes into immediate contact with
the tissue where cancer develops. In fact, upon deep
inhalation, up to 90 per cent of the smoke con-
densate is retained by the lung. From elementary
chemistry it is known that one can produce carcino-
genic polycyclic hydrocarbons by burning any or-
ganic matter such as tobacco. None of these points,
of course, prove that smoking does affect the develop-
ment of lung cancer, but they do make one suspect
that it may; certainly, it would not cause a surprise if
statistical and epidemiologic data bore out this pre-
sumptive evidence.
I conceive of no criticism that can be directed
against this presumptive evidence.
STATISTICAL AND EPIDEMIOLOGIC EVIDENCE
Statistical evidence is based upon more than 25
retrospective studies conducted in 9 countries and
totaling more than 6000 patients with lung cancer,
as well as 3 prospective studies carried out in the
United States and England. It is a fact that not a
single statistical study has been reported that has not
shown that patients with lung cancer smoke con-
siderably more than control patients.1,2 It is, of course,
conceivable that all these studies have been in error,
but if a bias or a statistical error has been com-
mitted, it is difficult to see how it could apply to all
these studies carried out among different study and
control groups and by various technics. What is
furthermore important, if an error or bias has been
committed, it has to be of a magnitude similar to the
difference between the smoker and nonsmoker to
acquire lung cancer. It is this point of magnitude
that Berkson has failed to respect properly. In the
Hammond and Horn3 study among those who smoked
more than 40 cigarettes per day, 12 per cent died
from cancer of the lung. If an industry had an in-
crease in risk so large that in 12 per cent of its workers
cancer would develop because of industrial exposure,
surely this industry would have to suspend its op-
eration. The Hammond and Horn study also showed
that among those who give up cigarette smoking,
lung cancer is significantly reduced. Although it may
be relatively simple to propose a factor that could
account for a 50 per cent difference in risk of a
disease to develop in groups it is far more difficult
to propose a bias or statistical interpretation that
could account for an increased risk of over 6000 per
cent, as one finds in the heaviest-smoking group of
the Hammond and Horn study.
Fisher' and others have proposed that a constitu-
tional factor exists that leads to both lung cancer
and cigarette smoking. There is no evidence of the
existence of constitutional factors of such magnitude
as to account for the different risk of smokers and
nonsmokers. Furthermore, a study among Seventh
Day Adventists has shown that in a group of people,
even though they live in smog-filled Los Angeles,
the risk of lung cancer is significantly lower than
that in the general population.5 One would have to
propose that the constitutional factor makes a person
smoke cigarettes, causes lung cancer and prevents
his joining the Seventh Day Adventists Church. Fur-
thermore, this constitutional factor would have to
have increased in recent years, would have to be sex
linked and should be absent in countries where lung
cancer is uncommon.
None of the studies showing a difference of lung-
cancer risks between different countries have ruled
out smoking as a factor in the development of lung
cancer, though several have suggested that air pol-
lution may be an additional factor. Much emphasis
has been placed upon the observation by Eastcott6
and Dean,7 who propose that since British immi-
grants have more lung cancer than the New Zealand
or South African natives, an air-pollution factor in
their native England has an important role. The
main objection to these studies is not so much that
they give practically no specific information about the
immigrants themselves in terms of smoking habits or
occupation but that the differences that were found
between the two population groups were far smaller
than the differences that every single study has found
between nonsmokers and heavy smokers in whom
lung cancer develops (Fig. 1). It must be clear even
to the most elementary statistician that a 75 per cent
difference cannot account for a difference of several
thousand per cent.e
Of particular interest are the comparisons between
the lung-cancer risks and smoking habits between
men and women. Our own studies,9 as well as that by
Haenszel, Shimkin and Miller,10 have clearly shown
that the present sex ratio is consistent with the long-term
smoking habits of the two sexes. I consider this an
important point in the epidemiologic proof for the
t
I
.
.

.
.
Vol. 264 No. 24
SMOKING AND LUNG CANCER - WYNDER
role of smoking in the causation of lung cancer. In
general, the present incidence of lung cancer in var-
ious countries is consistent with cigarette consumption
some thirty years ago. Greater differences may be
accounted for by other factors. For instance, in a
study that Dr. Hirayama and I recently completed
in Japan we showed that the difference in rates of
lung cancer in the two countries can be explained
by the differences in cigarette consumption, together
with differences in the practice of inhalation. A re-
cent study that we conducted in Venice together
with Professor Ferrari shows that in this city, even
though it has little air pollution, lung cancer is the
most common cancer among males and that patients
with lung cancer smoke significantly more cigarettes
than the control population. Thus, both studies are
in agreement that smoking represents an important
factor in the development of lung cancer.
I Ndlmon oq GIIan,NbMa,IkESn/RvW BC
2 EmttMt, U R, 8>n ImmproNS,/Na. Zwbnd Ban
6,000 3n45S4
, DW,UK.Bmn lmmiqranrvS.G}rkm8em
38 650 aw.(
4 Own,Mnks, 201ClqoreMS PM Ocy/Nan-Smokrs .
3 DoRSWn,hWMS,250mPS.OS/,Smo4n/Nan-SmW.n
t
P
O
-
5,000 sf
40 GpvM
r
q,
NwnnanE 8 Nan, AAaMS,20
gp I SmohraMOn Smalrs
6C HamiaM B t1mn,/4els, 40-Ciqvatn Pv Du,/Nm-
Smakss.
4,000
~
3,000
,
~
2,0
4
1.000
oC ® ®. s. ae
l r 1 V I
All lung cunnf osa seen PrwM eroncRUyenic
carcinoms d tRe lung
FIGURE 1. Relative Di$erences in Mortality from Lung
Cancer, Urban-Rural and Immigrant-Native, Compared
with Those among Smokers and Nonsmokers.
Another important point is the rarity with which
epidermoid or anaplastic lung cancer occurs in a
nonsmoking person. In fact, it is so. rare as to be
useful as an important differential diagnostic tool.
The point to be stressed, which has often been over-
looked, is that the statistical differences encountered
are so significant as in fact to spoil every statistician
or epidemiologist who subsequently has to study
other diseases and related factors. To explain differ-
ences of such magnitude on the basis of error demands
errors of similar magnitude. Such errors have so far
not been established.
I conceive of no other way to interpret the massive
statistical and epidemiologic evidence except that
smoking does increase the risk of lung cancer and
that, in fact, it is a causative factor of this disease.
PATHOLOGICAL EVIDENCE
The pathological evidence brought forth by Auer-
bach, Chang and Cowdry and others may be sum-
marized to show that there is an increase in abnormal
1237
cellular pathology, including metaplasia, hyperplasia
and carcinoma in situ of human bronchi, the fre-
quency of which is related to the number of cigarettes
a person has smoked.11,12 It is not necessary to inter-
pret these findings in terms of subsequent cancer or
to say that these conditions may be produced by other
agents or diseases of the lung. The fact is that these
pathological findings are certainly not normal and
FIGURE 2. Human Major Bronchial Tree, Compared with
Skin of Average Mouse.
are found more commonly in smokers than in non-
smokers. That such findings could be expected is
clear to the clinician who knows that a cough in a
smoker is an indication that the bronchial epithelium
has been changed in such a way as no longer to be
independently able to rid itself of impending material.
Pathologically, therefore, the bronchi of the smoker
show changes that at the very least are not normal.
BIOLOGIC EVIDENCE
Cigarette-smoke condensate has been proved to
be carcinogenic to mouse epidermis, rabbit epidermis
and the hilus of rats. It has thus been shown to
produce cancer in three species of animals.l9-15
Experiments to cause lung cancer by exposure of
mice or rats to cigarette smoke have produced no
bronchogenic carcinoma, but neither have experi-
ments with benzpyrene mist.16 Seemingly, it has so
far not been possible to introduce a sufficient amount
of cigarette smoke into the lungs of these animals if
they are merely placed in a smoke-filled cage. Unless
one can find an animal that will inhale cigarettes as
man does, it may be impossible to duplicate the hu-
man findings. We have been criticized for applying an
unusually high amount of smoke condensate to the
backs of mice. The average mouse receives about 10
gm. of smoke condensate a year compared to at
least 300 gm. for the average patient with lung cancer.
The majority of the cases occur in the major bronchial
tree, whose surface is only about six times larger than
iir
m
kt
N I'

1238
THE NEW ENGLAND JOURNAL OF DIEDICINE June 15, 1961
that of the average mouse's skin (Fig. 2). Thus, the
dose is within range of the dose relation for man as
far as these laboratory animals are concerned.
The fact, however, is that cigarette smoke is car-
cinogenic to laboratory animals, and such evidence,
if one is to judge from recent decisions by the Public
Health Service regarding aminotriazole and stil-
bestrol, should in itself make cigarette smoke suspect.
There is a considerable body of opinion that any
material, particularly if it produces epidermoid cancer
in animals, should be avoided by man and is to be
regarded as carcinogenic to man until proved other-
wise. I believe that neither positive nor negative ani-
CHAIN OF EVIDENCE
PRESUMPTIVE EPIDEMIOLOGIC
CHEMICAL
BIOLOGIC
STATISTICAL
PATHOLOGICAL
FIGURE 3. Chain of Evidence of Relation of Smoking to
Lung Cancer.
mal experiments can offer conclusive proof that man
will react similarly. The main purpose of the animal
experiment is to permit a study of the mechanism of
the carcinogenesis of a particular substance. The fact
that in the present case, however, the animal experi-
ments are in agreement with the human data cer-
tainly gives added emphasis to both data.
CHEbIICAL EVIDENCE
The purpose of the chemical study is to give an
explanation for the biologic findings and to determine
the agent or agents responsible for the biologic ac-
tivity established for the laboratory animal. Initial
work suggested that higher polycyclic hydrocarbons
were important factors, accounting for at least some
of the biologic activity.l' It has been suggested that
since no one has chemically identified all the agents
that lead to cancer there is no chemical proof of
carcinogenesis. Certainly, chemical proof is not neces-
sary to prove biologic carcinogenicity. It would be
like arguing that a woman is not pregnant simply
because one does not know who the father is. In
our attempt to account for the biologic activity in
chemical terms, Dr. Hoffmann and I have made good
progress. We are regarding the polycyclic hydro-
carbons as the major initiating carcinogens in tobacco-
smoke condensate, in the absence of which the total
activity would be drastically reduced. We have also
found powerful promoting substances, particularly
some of the phenols, that have an important role,
together with the initiating carcinogens, in accounting
for much of the carcinogenic activity.'$ A chemical
explanation of the biologic findings is thus near at
hand.
The total sum of evidence, therefore, includes
chemical evidence that explains at least in part the
positive biologic findings and pathological evidence
that is in line with the statistical and epidemiologic
evidence, and all these evidences are in agreement
with the presumptive evidence (Fig. 3). I doubt
whether in the field of chronic disease there is such
complete proof, proof of such great magnitude and
proof of so many different studies carried out in
different parts of the world as in this particular field.
CAUSATION AND CAUSATIVE FACTORS
For reasons stated I regard smoking as a causative
factor of cancer of the lung in the absence of which
the incidence of lung cancer would be dramatically
reduced. I regard smoking as a causative factor be-
cause the available evidence is in agreement with the
postulates that Dr. Day and I have advanced to
establish proof for a causative factor of chronic
disease :
The greater and more prolonged the exposure
to the factor, the greater the risk of the population
involved.
A removal or a reduction of the factor for a
given population group should be followed by a
reduction in the incidence of disease.
The epidemiologic pattern should be consistent
with the distribution of the factor.
All these postulates have been met by the cigarette-
smoking factor. The use of the term causative factor
does not mean that we pretend to know the details
of the mechanism of carcinogenesis. Knowledge of
causative factors does not necessitate knowledge of
the precise mechanism of causation. Certainly, one
regards sunlight as a cause of skin cancer without
understanding the basic cause of this disease, and
radiation as a cause of leukemia without knowing its
precise mode of action. In the present understanding
of chronic disease causative factors need not be
essential ones. By causative factor we mean a factor
that increases the risk that a given disease will de-
velop and in the absence of which the disease would
occur less frequently. One need not know the precise
mechanism of a disease to prevent it. Did not John
Snow suggest methods of preventing cholera years
before the true cause of this disease was discovered?
Did not Ignaz Semmelweiss successfully combat child-
bed fever long before the bacterial origin of this ill-
ness was known? Did not Jenner conquer smallpox,
and did not Lind triumph over scurvy long before
w

Vol. 264 No. 24 SMOKING AND LUNG CANCER-WYNDER 1239
d
I
.
the pathogenesis of these diseases was understood, and
did not Percival Pott clearly interpret the relation
of coal tar and scrotal cancer a hundred and forty
years before its experimental confirmation, a relation
whose full pathogenesis remains unknown today?
Many will accept from history what they will deny
at present - a concept that should not apply
to science. Should it not be regarded as a truism
that a disease can be prevented without specific
knowledge of its pathogenesis? I suggest that few
reasonable scientists would demand such proof, and
certainly no student of preventive medicine would
expect it before introducing available preventive
measures. Science demands, of course, discovery of
causative factors as well as an understanding of the
cause itself. Work must proceed in both directions,
but when preventive measures are at hand, a full
understanding of pathogenesis is not necessary before
one proceeds to utilize them.
"A CONTROVERSIAL ISSUE"
The issue of the lung-cancer-smoking problem
has been widely studied. I know of no other chronic
disease that has been studied epidemiologically and
statistically in such detail and with such uniform
results as smoking and lung cancer. The tobacco
industry would like to give the impression that scien-
tific evidence is divided on this issue. I do not
consider this to be the fact. Certainly, Eastcott, in
New Zealand, and Dean, in South Africa, have pre-
sented evidence that air pollution may play a part
in the development of lung cancer without in any
way, however, ruling out the cigarette factor. Berk-
son39 has indeed suggested that the statistical re-
lation may be artificial, without, however, giving
evidence that could account for the magnitude of
differences in risk of smokers and nonsmokers, and
Fisher' has claimed that a constitutional factor could
account for the high risk of lung cancer among
smokers, without, however, giving evidence of the
existence of such a factor, which could account for
the great magnitude of difference between smokers
and nonsmokers for lung cancer to develop. A num-
ber of reputable scientists have testified that they
do not believe smoking to be a cause of cancer of
the lung, but few of them have done research on
the subject under discussion. It is true in virtually any
field of human endeavor that one finds people who
will take an opposing view to any proposed evidence.
This was true in the days of Semmelweiss, as well as
the days of Pasteur, and in previous centuries just
as it is true today.
It is often said that in the majority of smokers
cancer of the lung does not develop. This, of course,
is true. But neither do all radiologists get leukemia,
nor all sailors cancer of the skin. Does this, therefore,
mean one should not protect oneself against radiation
or against sunlight? The fact is that in a great number
of smokers lung cancer does develop and that some
30,000 Americans acquire lung cancer each year -
certainly, enough cases to warrant deep concern.
In the evaluation of the present evidence the in-
dividual scientist no longer stands alone. The present
data have been considered by several groups specifi-
cally convened for this purpose. It goes without
saying that health authorities, because of the im-
portance of the subject matter, both from the per-
sonal and from the economic point of view, have given
this matter more than the usual attention. Can the
tobacco industry regard these authorities, as they
regard some of the private investigators, as enthu-
siasts or even as fanatics? These authorities include
the Surgeon General of the United States, the State
Health Commissioner of New York State, the British
Medical Research Council, a specially convened
United States study group and a special study group
of the World Health Organization that considered
etiologic factors of lung cancer. These authorities
wrote as follows:
Surgeon General Burney: "The weight of evidence at
present implicates smoking as the principal etiological
factor in the increased incidence of lung cancer. .
Unless the use of tobacco can be made safe, the in-
dividual person's risk of lung cancer can best be reduced
by the elimination of smoking."20
New York State Commissioner of Health Hilleboe:
"From the practical standpoint, we believe there is al-
ready enough evidence incriminating cigarette smoking to
justify advising the public that the available evidence is
consistent with the view that cigarette smoking is one of
the causative factors in lung cancer and that stopping
cigarette smoking may, therefore, be a means of lowering
the incidence of lung cancer.""
Study Group Sponsored by the World Health Organiza-
tion: "The study group unanimously agreed that there
was no reason to modify the conclusions reached by these
experts that the sum total of the evidence available today
was most reasonably interpreted as indicating that ciga-
rette smoking is a major causative factor in the increasing
incidence of human carcinoma of the lung."a
The British Medical Research Council: "Evidence from
many investigations in different countries indicates that a
major part of the increase is associated with tobacco
smoking, particularly in the form of cigarettes. In the
opinion of the Council, the most reasonable interpretation
of this evidence is that the relationship is one of direct
cause and effect.ste
Recently, Dr. Kotin, a member of the Tobacco
Industry Research Council, together with Dr. Falk,24
wrote as follows:
The statement recently made by a study group ap-
pointed to examine the scientific evidence on the effects
of tobacco smoking on health to the effect that "The
sum total of scientific evidence establishes beyond reason-
able doubt that cigarette smoking is a causative factor
in the rapidly increasing incidence of human epidermoid
carcinoma of the lung" represents a more or less uni-
versally accepted viewpoint with which we concur.
Drs. Kotin and Falk thus agree that smoking is
a causative factor in lung cancer. The mechanism
that they propose may be different from that sug-
gested by me and my associates, but this is of little
immediate importance to the student of preventive
medicine. As far as preventive measures are con-

1240 THE NEW ENGLAND JOURNAL OF MEDICINE June 15, 1961
cerned, one is not so much interested in how a
given factor increases the risk of a disease as long as
one knows that, in its absence, the disease will occur
less frequently.
It is therefore a fact that several responsible health
authorities in this country and abroad have stated
after examining all the available evidence that smok-
ing, especially of cigarettes, is to be regarded as a
causative factor of lung cancer.
Because of man's apparent innate desire to continue
smoking and because of the large-scale efforts of the
tobacco industry and related organizations to present
these products to man, I am sure that cigarettes will
be smoked at least for the foreseeable future. On
the basis of present evidence, however, the problem
of lung cancer not only will remain but also will
increase in importance. It is for this reason that
efforts leading toward safer smoking products must
be combined. Obviously, the cigarette industry, in
denying the existence of the problem, is preventing
the type of crash program of industry and independent
researchers that should exist in this field. It is my
hope that this debate will help to clarify the present
issue by reviewing where research stands today and
where it must move in the future.
Of those who will not accept existing evidence,
I should like to know what evidence would be ac-
ceptable. If one criticizes epidemiology for being
statistical, if one criticizes animal research for being
unrelated to the human problem and if one criticizes
chemical identification of carcinogens as not having
any bearing to the human disease, I should like to
ask if there is a form of evidence that would be
accepted as being conclusive. If it were humanly pos-
sible we would at once set up a study that could yield
such evidence. If it is humanly impossible, it is not a
constructive kind of suggestion that would advance
scientific knowledge. In this sense I should like to
stress again the fact that, as the history of preventive
medicine clearly demonstrates, an understanding of
causation of disease is not necessary to introduce
preventive measures.
I believe, in agreement with the majority of public-
health authorities, that available evidence is so strong
that the case has been proved and that preventive
measures must be introduced. I am deeply concerned
with the fate of a great industry. I am similarly con-
cerned, however, with the thousands of people in
whom cancer of the respiratory tract will develop
each year. I am finally concerned about how the
problem can be solved. For these reasons my col-
leagues and I are actively engaged in the task of
producing safer smoking products since obviously
the public will continue to smoke regardless of how
strong the evidence. Here, it seems to me, the tobacco
industry and private researchers have a common goal.
I strongly believe that by facing the issue squarely and
joining forces, they can succeed in solving the problem
for the benefit of all.
.
REFERENCES
1. Cornfield, J., et al. Smoking and lung cancer: recent evidence and
discussion of some questions. J. Nat. Cancer Inst. 22:173-203, 1959.
2. Doll, R. Smoking of tobacco. In Monographs on Neoplastic Disease
at Various Sites. Vol. 1. Carcinoma of the Lun Edited by J. R.
Bignall. 314 pp. Edinburgh: Livingstone, 1958. Pp. 60-80.
3. Hammond, E. C., and Horn, D. Smoking an death rates -
report on forty-four months of follow-up of 187,783 men. I. Total
mortality. J.A.M.A. 166:1159-1172, 1958. Smoking and death rates
- report on forty-four months of follow-up of 187,783 men. II.
Death rates by cause. Ibid. 166:1294-1308, 1958.
4. Fisher, R. A. Cigarettes, cancer and statistics. Centennial Rev.
Arts & Sc. (Michigan State Univ.) 2:151-166, Spritig, 1958.
5. Wynder, E. L., Lemon, F. R., and Bross, I. J. Cancer and coro-
nary artery disease among Seventh-Day Adventists. Cancer 12:1016-
1028, 1959.
6. Eastcott, D. F. Epidemiology of lung cancer in New Zealand.
Lancet 1:37-39, 1956.
7. Dean, G. Lung cancer among white South Africans. Brit. M. J.
2:852-857, 1959.
8. Wynder, E. L., and Hammond, E. C. Study of air pollution car-
cinogenesis. I. Analysis of epidemiological evidence. Cancer (in
press ) .
9. Wynder, E. L., Bross, I. J., Cornfield, J., and O'Donnell, W. E.
Lung cancer in women: study of environmental factors. New Eng.
J. Med. 2SS:1111-1121, 1956.
10. United States Department of Health, Education, and Welfare,
Public Health Service. Haenszel, W., Shimkin, M. B., and Miller,
H. P. Tobacco Smoking Patterns in the United States. 463 pp
Washington, D. C.: Government Printing Office, 1956. (Public
Health Monograph No. 45, Publication No. 426.)
11. Auerbach, 0., et al. Changes in bronchial epithelium in relation
to smoking and cancer of lung: report of progress. New Eng. J.
Med. 256:97-104, 1957.
12. Chang, S. C. Microscopic properties of whole mounts and sections
of human bronchial epithelium of smokers and nonsmokers. Cancer
10:1246-1262, 1957.
13. Wynder, E. L., Graham, E. A., and Croninger, A. B. Experi-
mental production of carcinoma with cigarette tar. Cancer Research
14:855-864, 1953.
14. Graham, E. A., Croninger, A. B., and Wynder, E. L. Experi-
mental production of carcinoma with cigarette tar. IV. Successful
experiments with rabbits. Cancer Research 17:1058-1066, 1957.
15. Blacklock, J. W. S. Production of lung tumors in rats by 3:4
benzpyrene, methylcholanthrene and condensate from cigarette
smoke. Brit. J. Cancer 11:181-191, 1957.
16. Leuchtenberger, C., Leuchtenberger, R., and Doolan, P. F. Corre-
lated histological, cytological, and cytochemical study of tracheo-
bronchial tree and lungs of mice exposed to cigarette smoke. I.
Bronchitis with atypical epithelial changes in mice exposed to
Varette smoke. Cancer 11:490-506, 1958.
17. ynder, E. L., and Hoffmann, D. Study of tobacco carcinogenesis.
VII. Role of higher polycyclic hydrocarbons. Cancer 12:1079-1086,
1959.
18. Idem. Present status of laboratory studies on tobacco carcinogenesis.
Acta path. et microbiol. Scandinav. (in press).
19. Berkson, J. Statistical study of association between smoking and lung
cancer. Proc. Staff Meet., Mayo Clin. 30:319-348, 1955.
20. Burney, L. E. Smoking and lung cancer: statement of Public
Health Service. J.A.M.A. 171:1829-1837, 1959.
21. New York State Department of Health, Bureau of Cancer Control.
Hilleboe, H. E. Cigarette Smoking and Lung Cancer. 32 pp. New
York: The Department, 1959.
22. Epidemiology of cancer of lung: report of study group. Tech. Rep.
Warld Health Organ. 192:1.13, 1960.
23. Great Britain, Medical Research Council. Tobacco smoking and
cancer of lung: official statement. Brit. M. J. 1:1523, 1957.
24. Kotin, P., and Falk, H. L. Role and action of environmental
gents in pathogenesis of lung cancer. II. Cigarette smoke. Cancer
13:250-262, 1960.
t
t
©
.

Vol. 264 No. 24 SMOKING AND LUNG CANCER-LITTLE
SOME PHASES OF THE PROBLEM OF SMOKING AND LUNG CANCER
CLARENCE C. LITTLE, Sc.D.*
ELLSWORTH, MAINE
.4
1
0
MY object in discussing the subject of smoking in
relation to lung cancer is quite different from
that of Dr. Wynder. His purpose is to present data
that have convinced him that smoking is a major -
perhaps the major - cause of lung cancer. This he
has done before many groups over a period of years.
He does so with complete conviction and with en-
thusiasm. He professes little interest in the broad
question of lung-cancer etiology outside smoking
whereas the fact that the disease develops in non-
smokers as well as in smokers seems of basic sig-
nificance to me. One cannot properly disregard re-
search on the total mechanism of cancer formation in
favor of dealing with an assumed environmental agent
not active in some cases.
It is my purpose to present certain of the reasons
why all such data (which are at times based on
rather superficial, scattered and indirect observations)
fail to convince other scientists and medical men that
a cause-and-effect relation between tobacco use and
bronchogenic carcinoma has been established.
This does not mean that certain existing studies
have not produced suggestive findings. It merely pro-
poses that the many problems raised by such studies
are not yet solved and that much more research in
depth is needed before definitive answers will be avail-
able.
In the process of this brief discussion there will be
some mention of methods for qualitatively more ac-
curate and scientific levels of research than those
now employed by some investigators.
To expect, as Dr. Wynder and some others do, that
those still unconvinced should state the exact and
specific evidence that would "convince" them is being
completely unrealistic. If one could define such
specific evidence the problem would be already
solved. The following suggestions, however, may in-
dicate some steps toward clearing the tangle of con-
fused and conflicting opinions now prevalent.
No effort will be made to follow a definite classi-
fication of evidence, but certain pertinent fields of
interest are convenient focal points in an even brief
consideration of the entire situation.
PATHOLOGY
From the pathological aspect, areas of epithelial
metaplasia in the lungs have been flatly interpreted
by a minority group of pathologists as being pre-
cancerous areas significantly associated with smoking.
"Scientific director, Tobacco Industry Research Committee; director
emeritus, Jackson Memorial Laboratory.
1241
However, similar lesions have been found in infants,
in children and in nonsmokers. It is known that
several diseases, many of which are commonly as-
sociated with childhood years, will produce such
lesions in bronchial epithelium. This shows that the
origin of these lesions may be independent of smoking.
These lesions have also been found in large num-
bers in the trachea, over which all inhaled smoke
must pass but in which cancer is clinically rare. The
epithelial tissues of the trachea and the bronchi are
very similar. Therefore, one must ask, and there is
no satisfactory answer, if smoking does cause lung
cancer, why is it that the trachea does not form cancer
as the lung does?
Though some claim that these epithelial lesions in
the lung occur in greater numbers in smokers than
in nonsmokers, it has also been shown that this is
true of persons who are afflicted with pneumonia.
Therefore, the increase in the lesions is not distinctly
diagnostic of any effect of tobacco.
Added to these facts, pathologists need to make
concerted efforts to improve and agree upon criteria
for classification of human lung tumors into types
such as adenoma and squamous-cell cancer so that
studies of relative rates of incidence and of possible
environmental and other influences on such rates
could be made more meaningful.
Thus, there are basic gaps in pathological obser-
vations and interpretations indicating that the evi-
dence in this field falls far short of being adequate
or conclusive.
To clear up the existing discrepancies and disagree-
ments among pathologists is one prerequisite to fur-
ther progress based upon more significant definitions.
AN7MAL EXPERIMENTATION
Dr. Wynder was one of the first to report the pro-
duction of skin cancers in certain strains of mice
painted repeatedly with strong concentrations of
tobacco-smoke condensates. This type of work has
been accepted by some as "evidence" of a causative
relation between smoking and human cancer of the
lung.
However, proponents of this kind of data ignore or
depreciate the more applicable research in which the
lungs of animals have been exposed for long periods
to whole smoke - which is the accused material -
without the production of any malignant tumors.
Here, the lung of an animal is being challenged, not
the skin, and whole smoke is being used, not a ma-
chine-made concentrate. There have been many
such experiments here and abroad, and none have

1242 THE NEW ENGLAND JOURNAL OF MEDICINE June 15, 1961
been able to produce carcinoma of the lung in
animals.
More than once the cry has gone up, "Why not
remove the harmful substance from tobacco smoke
and make it safe?" No one has proved that tobacco
smoke can cause lung cancer. How, then, can an un-
identified material be "removed" from a substance
not yet shown to be carcinogenic?
Production of neoplasia by exposure to whole smoke
would seem to be a reasonable requirement to raise
the level of extrapolative interpretation beyond that
of nonscientific speculation and to provide some sort
of basic knowledge from which to proceed to further
experimental analysis.
The skin-painting work with tobacco-smoke con-
densates on animals has been used to erect a whole
superstructure of estimated quantitative degrees of
risk of lung cancer from smoke in human beings. This
sort of extrapolation from animals to human beings
exceeds scientific limits.
The results of this animal skin-painting work were
obtained by use of concentrated chemical material in
which no substance known to be carcinogenic to man
has been demonstrated. Furthermore, no substances
have been detected in the smoke concentrate that
are present in amounts, either alone or in combina-
tion, sufficient to account for biologic activity on the
skins of laboratory animals. The material used has
been obtained by methods of machine smoking that
differ radically from the process of human smoking.
If one claims that a substance that produces a
biologic reaction on the skin of a laboratory animal
should be removed from use by human beings, there
are many substances that fall in this category even
though they have been used by and applied to man
with impunity for years. For instance, invert sugar,
egg albumen and even tomato juice have been re-
ported as having produced cancers in animals in
laboratory experiments.
STATISTICS
It is the statistical data that comprise the great bulk
of the material on which rest the dogmatic claims of
"proof" of a cause-and-effect relation between smok-
ing and lung cancer.
Supporters of the tobacco-guilt hypothesis say:
"Look at the great number of epidemiologic studies,
all showing a statistical association between cigarette
smoking and the development of lung cancer in
some individuals. Is not this proof of causation?"
Quantity in this statistical area is not proof or
corroboration. Indeed, one would expect that all
statistical studies similarly set up would show a sta-
tistical association if one of them did - but such an
association is not proof of causation by any means.
Most statisticians, recognizing the secondary and
indirect nature of epidemiologic evidence based on
death certificates, agree that such evidence alone can-
not properly be considered final or conclusive in es-
tablishing causation. It may be, and in this case is,
suggestive and challenging. It demands and is re-
ceiving proper consideration by those who require ad-
ditional and more direct evidence pro or con the
theory of tobacco guilt.
It was a statistical finding that was chiefly respon-
sible for stimulating the present intensive study of
smoking and health. That finding was the increas-
ing number of recorded deaths from lung cancer, par-
ticularly among white males, during recent decades.
However, there was and still is wide divergence of
opinion about how much of the reported increase in
lung-cancer mortality is real and how much is ap-
parent, resulting from improved diagnostic technics,
greater attention to the disease on the part of physi-
cians, aging of the population and better methods of
classifying and reporting causes of death.
One important fact of which one can be sure is
that the numerical increase in reported lung-cancer
mortality is not an exact measure of change in the
real attack rate. One cannot be sure how much, if
any, the actual mortality from this cause has been
increasing.
Involvement of tobacco use in mortality is based
on the statistical association of smoking habits with
the rate of death. Such an association has been re-
ported for "excessive" cigarette smoking by a num-
ber of epidemiologic studies. This is the keystone in
the arch of accusations against smoking by those who
call it the "major" cause of lung cancer and a num-
ber of other diseases.
Hardly a disease has escaped the mass of statistics
dealing with smoking. Causes of death that have
been related by statistical studies to excessive ciga-
rette smoking include general mortality, lung cancer,
cancer of the mouth, pharynx, larynx and esophagus,
stomach cancer, bladder cancer, kidney cancer, cancer
of the pancreas and prostate, malignant lymphoma
and other forms of cancer combined, bronchitis,
emphysema, pneumonia and other respiratory dis-
eases, coronary-artery disease, general arteriosclero-
sis, hypertension, cerebrovascular disease and gen-
eral mortality from diseases of the heart and
circulation, peptic ulcer and cirrhosis of the liver.
Furthermore, other medical literature relates ciga-
rette smoking to eye trouble, nose and ear ailments,
miscarriages, sterility and other disturbances of the
reproductive organs and a host of actions on the
nervous, endocrine and digestive systems of man.
One's credulity has to be strained to believe that
these diseases, most of which have existed since
medical experience began, are now being caused
by cigarette smoking, which, in the past fifty or
sixty years, has become a widespread custom.
This long list of diverse and unrelated causes of
death brings one to the first major area of disagree-
ment among the statisticians themselves.
I
,
0
.

Vol. 264 No. 24 SMOKING AND LUNG CANCER-LITTLE 1243
0
One point of view holds that excessive cigarette
smoking introduces one or more specific contact
carcinogens. But if this is true, how does one ac-
count for the association of smoking with other non-
contact diseases? Those who claim that cigarettes
are the "major" cause of lung cancer - assuming
a contact carcinogen - certainly should not accuse
cigarettes of similarly causing, for example, prostatic
cancer, even though a statistical association is shown
between this disease and cigarettes.
To answer this, another point of view proclaims
that excessive smoking produces that hackneyed
medical umbrella - "general debility" - under
which so many variable and unexplained afflictions
have crouched for years, protected from the chilling
rain of scientific definition and analysis.
There are certain unresolved conflicts of opinion
among the statisticians who point the finger of guilt
at smoking. One such conflict involves the com-
parison between inhalers and noninhalers of ciga-
rette smoke.
British scientists have found, in a survey of smok-
ing habits of a large number of doctors, virtually no
difference in lung-cancer incidence between the two
categories. What difference they did find was that
the inhalers seemed to have slightly less lung cancer
than the noninhalers.
Some investigators in the United States believe
that there is a greater proportional incidence of
lung cancer among inhalers, but they have not pro-
duced firm data to establish this theory.
Obviously, someone is wrong. Both cannot be right.
Since replies from the British physicians concern-
ing their habits of inhalation were collected in the
same way and by the same persons who collected
information about the number of cigarettes smoked,'
the duration of the smoking habit and the periods of
interruption of the habit, the degree of accuracy of
all this information needs verification by further
studies. This is all the more essential since a highly
detailed degree of quantitative and comparative
significance has been given to these figures by many
eager statisticians.
Another difference in observational results is seen
in the supposed effect of the continued smoking of
cigarettes. Some data appear to show a "protective"
effect of cigar and pipe smoking, if these kinds of
tobacco use are added to cigarette smoking, regard-
less of whether the latter is light, medium or heavy.
In other words, people who smoke all three types
of tobacco - cigarettes, cigar and pipe - acquire
less lung cancer, according to these data, than
smokers of cigarettes alone.
The variation in the claimed "excess risk" of
lung cancer among cigarette smokers as calculated
from statistical studies is another example of con-
flicting opinion.
Contrary to many generalizations made about
these statistical studies, they do not all show the
same thing. Depending upon which study is ex-
amined, one finds that the relative risk of lung
cancer among cigarette smokers may be fractionally
higher, or may be three or four or five or six or
nine times, and so on, up to thirty-six times the risk
among nonsmokers.
Similarly, there is a wide difference of opinion
concerning the relative quantitative role of cigarette
smoking in the etiology of bronchogenic carcinoma,
even amo,ng those who believe in the guilt of tobacco.
These estimates, based on the same statistical
data, of how much of the lung-cancer incidence can
be attributed to cigarettes vary from as high as 90
per cent, or almost totality, downward by degrees
to less than 10 per cent, or almost nothing. Since
the same statistical data are available to all, it is
evident that such estimates are more a reflection of
the degree of interpretive zeal and enthusiasm that
each interpreter possesses than they are of scientific
significance. All the guesses cannot be right, and if
only one is, who can say which one it is?
There are certain other examples of conflicting
data and interpretations that will perhaps be help-
ful in encouraging a balanced and comprehensive
basis for evaluation of many aspects of statistical
investigation.
One is the relatively higher mortality among males
from all the common respiratory diseases. Some
statisticians and epidemiologists accept this as a
constitutional or genetic difference between the sexes.
The largely unbalanced X chromosome in males
would provide an increased opportunity for direct
expression of certain genes that might influence
susceptibility. The balanced X chromosomes of the
female would decrease this opportunity.
Others believe that no real difference exists be-
tween the sexes and that when women have smoked
as long and as much as men they will show an equal
mortality from lung cancer.
There are two lines of statistical evidence that
strongly favor the existence of a real sex difference
in susceptibility. One is direct and consists of the
fact that the lung-cancer mortality difference be-
tween the sexes has been widening in recent years
instead of closing. On the theory that relatively more
and more women are completing the hypothesized
cancer-latency period of twenty to thirty or more
years of smoking, the gap should narrow.
The second line of evidence, which is indirect, is
the persistently greater susceptibility of men to other
respiratory ailments in which exposure of both sexes
to infection and other causes is more nearly equal.
Another area of disagreement concerning the
statistical data is the duration of the aforementioned
hypothesized latent period before the carcinogenic
changes attributed to smoking are supposed to
become evident. Estimates vary over a range of from

1244 THE NEW ENGLAND JOURNAL OF MEDICINE June 15, 1961
ten or fifteen to thirty or forty years. Since about
90 per cent of heavy smokers at eighty years of age
or over do not have lung cancer, and since many
people report that they started to smoke at the age
of twelve, there seems to be no valid reason why,
if it is convenient to do so, the latent period should
not be extended from early adolescence throughout
the life span. This could be a great statistical satis-
faction, a large "back door" of uncertainty through
which to escape when necessary.
There are also differences in defining what may
properly be classed as "heavy," "moderate" or "light"
cigarette smoking. The "pack-a-day" criterion, as
recorded from the recollection of smokers or their
families or friends, is only an approximate estimate
and not a scientific measurement. It is obvious that
a person who smokes 20 cigarettes a day to the
shortest convenient butt length may draw into his
mouth an amount of smoke equal to that of a smoker
who daily smokes 60 cigarettes down to two thirds
of their length.
The only thing common to smokers of a given
number of cigarettes a day - assuming that the
figures are accurate - is that they lighted the same
number of cigarettes. This brings up another device
used in some of the statistical studies: that of translat-
ing quantities of cigar and pipe tobacco used into
terms of packages of cigarettes. This kind of non-
scientific conjecture merely serves to complicate and
confuse interpretation of the differences reported in
all the statistical studies between the effects of ciga-
rettes, cigars and pipes.
In summation of the statistical aspect, it is fair
to expect that the epidemiologists should provide
certain essential refinements in their technics and
conclusions before they seek to define the problems
that their preliminary findings have raised.
Among the questions they should settle are the
following:
Is inhalation a necessary factor in the apparent
association between smoking and lung cancer?
Is the claimed increase in risk from smoking a
steady, cumulative process, or is there a threshold
of smoking up to which no such increase is
significant ?
How are estimates of the relative etiologic
potency of smoking versus age, sex, air pollution,
previous infections, genetic factors and so forth
derived? Much more needs to be known about
the types of persons who are prone to cancer or
cardiovascular disease.
OTIiER FACTORS
Factors other than smoking cannot and should
not be overlooked in the search to find the etiology
of lung cancer.
A socioeconomic difference has been observed in
lung-cancer incidence in many areas. The lower the
economic level, the higher the rate of lung cancer.
This difference is worthy of continued attention and
study.
Malnutrition and dietary deficiencies, already ap-
parently involved in some degree in the etiology of
cancer of the buccal cavity and the tongue, comprise
one subject to be investigated. Stress and strain as
an unbalancing and continuing element in life form
another possible factor to be kept in mind.
Another factor to be considered is the possible role
of previous or current respiratory infectious processes,
with their accompanying lesions, and disturbances
or disruptions of the continuity of function of certain
areas of the lung. There is an amazing symmetrical
divergence between the curve of recorded increase
of lung-cancer mortality and the curve of decreasing
death rate from respiratory infections. This may or
may not prove to be a coincidence, but it is certainly
deserving of further study. There have been reports
in the literature indicating a strong link between the
decline in deaths from tuberculosis - a disease said
to afflict, unknowingly, virtually all persons in
civilized countries - and the increase in those from
lung cancer.
The consistently higher statistical incidence of
lung cancer in urban populations as compared with
rural is considered evidence of the need for further
study of air pollutants as a potential factor of im-
portance.
There is already an increasing body of research
evidence that there are significant psychoemotional
differences between compulsive, excessive smokers on
the one hand and confirmed nonsmokers on the other.
Exact experimental science is apt to shy away from
the effects of the relatively intangible and complex
factors that determine differences between human
beings. Yet in an involved and new type of intense
human living, the mind and body are meeting chal-
lenges to the more simple and basic inter-relations
that were all that was necessary for successful sur-
vival under previous, less involved environmental
conditions.
This situation may be temporarily ignored by
those who dislike the existence of unknown or little
understood elements in human health problems. It
will, however, be firmly and persistently insistent
until it is faced and an attitude of attempting its
analysis is adopted. It is an integral part of the
problems at hand.
It is true that these problems require the develop-
ment of new skills and patience in approaching
them statistically, pathologically and experimentally.
These steps, however, are inherent in the problems
and are not the product of destructive criticism as
hinted by Dr. Wynder.
These steps are not a "negation" of statistical
evidence, but are a plea for its refinement and
n
.
0

Vol. 264 No. 24 SMOKING AND LUNG CANCER - LITTLE 1245
.
V
maturation. They do not "disregard" animal evi-
dence but urge the use of at least the same material
and the same organs that are involved in lung
cancer and other diseases under investigation. They
further urge that pathologists clarify their own con-
cepts of these diseases and of their possible histologic
precursors before the incidence of such diseases and
conditions is recorded, tabulated, analyzed and inter-
preted with unjustified confidence and misleading
finality.
Many public-health educators today are advocat-
ing and conducting active propaganda campaigns
against smoking. No one can fairly deny them this
right.
All critical scientists and medical men, however,
should agree that public education in this field
should be balanced and should present all the facts
both pro and con tobacco in order that the reader
may base his or her decision on the whole evidence,
not on a selected or partial presentation.
Unfortunately, and by what seems to be deliberate
selection, the majority of educational material being
distributed is not balanced or complete. Negative
evidence, gaps in knowledge and fallibility of super-
ficial data are not mentioned.
Dr. Wynder cites various health groups and in-
dividuals who are convinced of the theory of tobacco
guilt. He does not consider in detail the editorial
comment in the Journal o f the American Medical
Association, the views of the distinguished statisticians
Berkson and Sir Ronald Fisher and many others who
are not convinced. In so doing he presents an ex-
ample of a selective attitude rather than of balanced
evidence.
No new specially convened groups, boards of re-
view, committees or commissions - no matter how
"big" and impressive the "names" of their individual
members - can make incomplete or superficial data
more meaningful. Resolutions and pronunciamentos
based on such data will not resolve the problem -
much less solve it.
Presentation of selected evidence has created a
superstructure of material that is based on a funda-
mentally weak foundation of incompletely and in-
directly gathered information, on uncertain and
debatable pathological interpretation, and on non-
scientific extrapolation of animal data from con-
centrates of tobacco smoke on mouse skins to whole
smoke in human lungs.
The relative role, if any, that smoking may have
is submerged and forgotten in a dedicated effort to
isolate tobacco as the cause of lung cancer. Even if
one is an evangelist in this field, one should remember
the very similar situation regarding alcohol that, not
so many years ago, gave to this country the unfor-
gettable experience of "prohibition."
If one is not such an evangelist, one is bound to do
all that one reasonably can to prevent the public
from being cajoled into premature judgment based
on incomplete and inadequate knowledge. To develop
a public attitude that may later be tragically and
bitterly faced with disillusionment in individual ex-
perience is a grave responsibility. This is especially
true when "fear" is used as a motivating factor in
establishing the attitude of the public. Unfortunately,
this has occurred in certain propaganda efforts. This
is not only unfortunate; it is cruel and unwise.
Those ready to assume such a responsibility may
believe that they have the right to do so. Those
not ready to accept as final proof the existing data
also have a right to their attitude.
Those not yet decided about what their judgment
will be have a right to consider all available evidence
and to hear suggestions of what might be done in
further research. They also have the right to suspend
judgment just as long as they may wish.
The situation involving tobacco is not a contro-
versy or a debate. Efforts to arouse emotion, create
propaganda and cater to publicity will only create
the danger of a controversy and retard scientific
investigation.
Lung cancer, indeed all cancer, is a challenge, an
unsolved problem. Its etiology will probably long be
an open question. As such, greater co-operation and
exchange of ideas among experimenters, statisticians
and clinicians are the goals to be focused on and to be
attained.
Bml.locnnpxy
Berkson, J. Statistical study of association between smoking and lung
cancer. Proc. Staf/ Meet., Mayo Clin. 30:319-348, 1955. Smoking
and lung cancer: some observations on two recent reports..J. Am.
Statist. A. 53:28-38, 1958. Statistical investigation of smoking and
cancer of lung. Proc. StaB Meet., Mayo Clin. 34:206-224a, 1959.
Statistics and tobacco. J.A.M.A. 172:967-969, 1960.
Doll, R., and Hill, A. B. Mortality of doctors in relation to their
smoking habits: preliminary report. Brit. M. J. 1:1451-1455, 1954.
Lung cancer and other causes of death in relation to smoking:
second report on mortality of British doctors. Ibid. 2:1071-1081,
1956.
Fisher, R. A. Dangers of cigarette smoking. Brit. M. 1. 2:43 and 297,
1957. Cigarettes, cancer and statistics. Centennial Rev. Arts & Sc.
(Michigan State Univ.) 2:151-166, Spring 1958. Lung cancer and`
cigarettes? Nature (London) 182:108, 1958. Cancer and smoking.
Ibid. 182:596, 1958. Smoking: The cancer controaersy: Some attempts
to assess the evidence. 47 pp. Edinburgh: Oliver & Boyd, 1959.
Talbott, J. H. Smoking and lung cancer. J.A.M.A. 171:2102-2104, 1939.

1246
THE NEW ENGLAND JOURNAL OF MEDICINE June 15, 1961
MEDICAL PROGRESS
INTESTINAL ABSORPTION - ASPECTS OF STRUCTURE, FUNCTION AND DISEASE
OF THE SMALL-INTESTINE MUCOSA (Concluded) *
LEONARD LASTER, M.D.,t AND FRANZ J. INGELFINGER, M.D.$
BETHESDA, MARYLAND, AND BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS
..
t
MALABSORPTION
It is apparent from the preceding discussion that
intestinal absorption is the net result of many inter-
dependent physicochemical and biochemical reactions.
Since these reactions are potentially vulnerable to
disruption by one or more pathologic processes, the
general mechanisms that may be responsible for mal-
absorption are numerous and varied. These mecha-
nisms have been well described and categorized in
recent reviews,ll'-12' and this discussion will not enter
upon malabsorption caused by impaired digestive
function, deranged motility, excessive secretion (exu-
dative enteropathy) or inadequate small-bowel ab-
sorptive surface curtailed by inflammation, infiltration
or ablation. Instead, emphasis will be placed on
certain aspects of the small-bowel disorders that pre-
sumably impair absorption by altering the finer
morphologic properties and biochemical reactions es-
sential for normal intestinal function.
The Intestinal Lesion in the Primary Malabsorption
States
Description. A major achievement of the past
decade has been the demonstration that the small-
bowel mucosa is extensively altered in so-called pri-
mary malabsorption states, such as celiac disease, idio-
pathic steatorrhea (nontropical sprue) and tropical
sprue.128 The recognition and delineation of the in-
testinal lesion were greatly facilitated by the develop-
ment of technics for obtaining biopsies of intestinal
mucosa by means of peroral intubation.l2e-131 In its
severest form the lesion is striking and obvious (Fig.
7) 12D,132-135 The mucosal surface is completely or al-
most completely flattened, and if villi are present at
all they are extremely short and blunted. Although
the degree of abnormality varies, there is a constant
feature of the intestinal lesion - a significant reduc-
tion in the amount of epithelial surface. A method
has been developed for quantitatively estimating the
length of the surface epithelium in microscopical
sections of biopsy specimens by random counts of
the epithelial cells in specific areas of a grid pattern
that is superimposed on the microscopical field.132 A
*From the National Institute of Arthritis and Metabolic Diseases,
National Institutes of Health, the Evans Memorial, Massachusetts Me-
morial Hospitals, and the Department of Medicine, Boston University
School of Medicine.
fChief, Castroenterology Unit, National Institute of Arthritis and
Metabolic Diseases.
jProfessor of medicine, Boston University School of Medicine; asso-
ciate physician-in-chief, Massachusetts Memorial Hospitals.
number is obtained that is believed to be a direct
function of epithelial length and a square-root func-
tion of epithelial area. The mean value of counts
performed on a series of biopsies from patients with
primary malabsorption was approximately half that
obtained for control specimens, and there was no
overlap in the ranges of the values for the two
groups.132
FIGURE 7. An Extreme Example of the Intestinal Lesion in
the Primary Malabsorption States.
In primary malabsorption states the surface epithe-
lial cells of the intestinal mucosa usually appear
flattened, their cytoplasm tends to be vacuolated, and
their nuclei vary in size and shape. The nuclei, which
are more apically situated than usual, may be frag-
mented. According to Fone et a1.133 the intercellular
borders and basement membrane of the epithelium
are indistinct, and the brush borders are reduced in
width and frequency are not visible by light micros-
copy. Abnormal epithelial cells are often seen fre-
quently at the apices of broad, flat villi, but they are.
not found near the openings of or within the crypts
of Lieberkiihn.138
Although the crypt epithelium is not strikingly
altered, the crypts have been described as hyperplastic,
elongated, shaped like a corkscrew, infrequent and
widely spaced, or arranged in a disorderly fashion and
scattered in an expanded lamina propria.l2s,1s2,133,13r
The shortening of the villi and the elongation of the
crypts have been used to provide an index of mucosal
abnormality. In control specimens the villi are, on
the whole, about twice as long as the crypts are deep,
!

Vol. 264 No. 24 INTESTINAL ABSORPTION - LASTER AND INGELFINGER 1247
but in abnormal specimens the ratio of villus length
to crypt depth may be as low as 0.2.134 According to
three different reports the rate of epithelial-cell
mitosis in the crypts is somewhat greater than
norma1.23,129,134 .
The lamina propria appears densely infiltrated.
Some find plasma cells predominating,132,133 and
others report lymphocytes12B, or eosinophilsl3s as the
major cells. Interstitial edema of the lamina propria
is described,129 but the edema is inconstant and more
related, perhaps, to conditions of fixation than to
actual pathological changes.132
The application of electron microscopy to the study
of the mucosal lesion has been confined mainly to
the epithelial columnar absorbing cells. Zetterqvist
and Hendrix8 find the microvilli of these cells to be
much shorter, less symmetrical and less numerous than
in biopsies of normal mucosa, whereas the remaining
cell structures appear normal. Hartman et al.7 de-
scribe similar changes in the microvilli and note in
addition that extensive areas of mucosa may be devoid
of epithelium in biopsies from patients with untreated
tropical sprue. These authors are uncertain whether
the epithelial loss precedes, or occurs as a conse-
quence of, the biopsy procedure, but they believe that
it represents an abnormality in the attachment of the
epithelium to its basement membrane. No other re-
ports have described this finding.
Opinions about the width of the entire mucosal
layer in sprue differ, depending on whether "width"
is measured as the distance from the muscularis
mucosae to the tips of the villi or to their bases. If
the measurement is made to the bases of villi, the
mucosal width consistently appears increased,129 but
if the measurement is made to the tips of villi,
mucosal width may be reduced or norma1,132 and it
may be normal even in the severest lesions.
In some patients with primary malabsorption the
intestinal lesion is less striking. 129,132,133 Villi are pres-
ent, but they are shorter than normal and broad and
sometimes appear to be fused at their tips. Changes
in the lining epithelium are less marked or absent,
and the infiltration of the lamina propria may be
indistinguishable from that seen in control biopsies.
The crypts show little elongation, or they may ap-
pear hyperplastic. These moderate abnormalities, in
contrast to the obvious severe lesion, may be difficult
to identify. Shiner and Doniach129 designate the
severe lesion as subtotal villous atrophy and the milder
lesion as partial villous atrophy, but Rubin et al.132
will accept the term "atrophy" only if it is narrowly
defined to indicate a decrease in the number of
epithelial cells, rather than a reduction in mucosal
thickness or "a loss of pre-existing epithelial elements."
Some of the discrepancies in the published descrip-
tions and interpretations of the intestinal lesion may
be related to pitfalls in the handling of biopsy
specimens. If a sample of mucosa is not sectioned in
a plane perpendicular to its surface a normal biopsy
may appear remarkably similar to the severe lesion of
primary malabsorption.131 Similarly, if the microvilli
are not sectioned at a proper angle, they may appear
abnormally short under the electron microscope. The
appearance of intestinal biopsies is influenced by the
time that elapses between excision of the tissue and its
fixation for electron microscopy. Zetterqvist' found that
if specimens of mouse jejunum were not fixed until
forty minutes after death, the number of cytoplasmic
vacuoles in the epithelial cells greatly exceeded nor-
mal, and the inner partitions of the mitochondria
were destroyed. Variations in the tonicity of the fix-
ing solution were also capable of producing artifacts
in the biopsy specimens. Since views of tissue samples
with the electron microscope cover minute areas,
it is important to know the site on a villus from
which a particular section is derived. Columnar
epithelial cells on the villi have a well defined pat-
tern of microvilli, but immature cells in the crypts
tend to have rudimentary microvilli. Because of this
it is possible that an examination of a normal biopsy
specimen with the electron microscope could, if it
were limited to crypt cells, lead to the erroneous
impression that the microvilli were abnorma1.132
Location and specificity. The extent of the mucosal
lesion along the small intestine varies. The duodeno-
jejunal area is characteristically involved, but the
incidence of ileal abnormalities is uncertain. Multiple
biopsies taken from the entire length of the small
intestine of each of 2 patients with idiopathic steator-
rhea failed to reveal any normal areas, although the
degree of abnormality decreased somewhat as distal
regions were approached.138 Shiner13' obtained a
biopsy from the upper small intestine of a patient
with idiopathic steatorrhea who subsequently came
to laparotomy and whose terminal ileum was also
biopsied. Similar "changes of mucosal atrophy" were
seen in all the specimens. In other patients with idio-
pathic steatorrhea, however, the distal jejunum and
ileum appeared to be norma1,134,138 and it has been
customary to regard the mucosal lesion as a"proxi-
maP' intestinal lesion. Rubin138 suggests that in celiac
disease and in idiopathic steatorrhea the proximal
small bowel is severely and often irreversibly damaged
whereas the distal small bowel is less severely damaged
and is more likely to revert to normal during treat-
ment. Caution is necessary in such interpretations of
biopsy results, however, because mucosal samples
taken from the jejunum on the same day from areas
only inches apart have shown distinct differences in
the degree of their abnormality.138
A lesion of the intestinal mucosa is an extremely
frequent and probably an invariable finding in pri-
mary malabsorption states. In biopsies from 26 pa-
tients with celiac disease and 16 patients with idio-
pathic steatorrhea, each specimen revealed reduction
in epithelial surface with varying degrees of blunting
1I

h
THE NEW ENGLAND JOURNAL OF MEDICINE June 15, 1961
1248
or loss of villi.73z In a British study of 22 patients with
idiopathic steatorrhea 20 biopsies showed subtotal vil-
lous atrophy, and 2 showed partial villous atrophy.12°
In another study from England133 biopsies were ob-
tained from 58 patients with clinical diagnoses of
idiopathic steatorrhea. Of these, 27 showed severe
flattening of the mucosa, 27 showed mild abnormali-
ties, and 4 were normal. Because of this high inci-
dence of characteristic pathologic changes in celiac
disease and idiopathic steatorrhea, a definitive diag-
nosis of these conditions should not be attempted
without a mucosal biopsy.13z In cases of tropical sprue
jejunal biopsies were obtained at surgery from 6
patients,135 and by intubation technic from 9 pa-
tients140; in each case mild to moderate abnormalities
were encountered.
The intestinal lesions seen in celiac disease of chil-
dren and idiopathic steatorrhea of adults are so
similar in appearance that they have been regarded
as identical. This similarity favors the hypothesis that
celiac disease and idiopathic steatorrhea are juvenile
and adult phases of the same disease.136 There are,
however, two stumbling blocks to the acceptance of
the histologic lesion as specific for these disorders. In
the first place the mucosal abnormalities seen in
tropical sprue appear quite similar or identical to
those seen in celiac disease and in idiopathic steator-
rhea,13z.1'° and yet clinically tropical sprue may be
an entirely different disease. Secondly, abnormalities
resembling those seen in primary malabsorption are
also found in biopsies from patients with other dis-
eases. Most authors believe, however, that this oc-
curs only infrequently. Rubin et a1.132 failed to
detect the characteristic mucosal lesion in any biopsies
from 73 control patients. These included 19 subjects
without obvious disease of the gastrointestinal tract
and 54 subjects with a variety of such diseases. Sev-
eral biopsies of ileal mucosa performed via an ileos-
tomy in a patient with regional enteritis were found to
contain lesions "with a marked resemblance to the
celiac-sprue lesion."13z Shiner and Doniach129 re-
ported partial or subtotal villous atrophy in 2 of 11
patients with post-gastrectomy steatorrhea, in 5 of 7
patients with "non-classifiable steatorrhea," and in all
of 3 patients with "post-operative steatorrhea." Yesner,
Schwartz and Spiro141 concluded that flattened,
coalesced villi seem to be characteristic of sprue but
that atrophic duodenal mucosa with blunted villi
occurs in other types of chronic diarrhea. Fone et
al.133 believe that markedly flattened intestinal mucosa
signifies juvenile or adult celiac disease, but mild
abnormalities may represent more than one etiologic
group, including, for example, "chronic jejunitis with
various degrees of mucosal atrophy." Thus, it
appears that the histologic abnormality of the intes-
tinal mucosa is highly characteristic of, but not ab-
solutely specific for, the primary malabsorption states.
Pathogenesis. Neither the immediate pathogenesis
nor the underlying cause of the intestinal lesion is
understood. As discussed in the first section of this re-
port (under "Renewal of Small-Intestine Epitheli-
um" ) the appearance of the small-bowel mucosa at a
given time represents a balance between the processes
of epithelial proliferation and differentiation in the
crypts, and the processes of aging and extrusion of cells
on the villi. In idiopathic steatorrhea the immediate
cause of the intestinal lesion may involve disturbances
in differentiation and turnover of the epithelium. As
evidence in favor of this concept Padykula et al.'3
have presented histochemical observations that in
idiopathic steatorrhea the intestinal epithelial cells
apparently fail to acquire normal complements of
enzymes that develop intracellularly during differenti-
ation - namely, esterase, succinic dehydrogenase and
phosphatases. These studies also demonstrated in-
creased mitotic activity of the epithelium. It is not
yet possible, however, to exclude other types of dis-
turbance, such as an accelerated epithelial aging and
extrusion, as an immediate cause of the mucosal lesion
of the primary malabsorption states.
Possible underlying causes for the mucosal lesion
include nutritional deficiencies and exposure to toxic
substances. Gross forms of malnutrition, such as those
in pancreatic insufficiency or starvation, do not neces-
sarily produce an intestinal lesion resembling that
seen in idiopathic steatorrhea.132 If a deficiency of a
specific nutrient impairs the capacity of the intestinal
mucosa to maintain its rapid rate of renewal this
nutrient remains to be identified. On the other hand,
there is some basis for suspecting folic acid deficiency.
The administration of folic acid to patients with
tropical sprue results not only in hematologic remis-
sion but also in a more normal appearance of the
intestinal epithelium.l'0 Administration of the folic
acid antimetabolite, aminopterin, to rats is capable of
grossly disrupting the structure and metabolism of the
intestinal epithelium and of reducing significantly the
capacity of the small intestine to absorb a sugar such
as xylose."2 Finally, oral tolerance tests for assessing
folic acid absorption in patients with tropical sprue1'3
and idiopathic steatorrheal" have indicated that
malabsorption of folic acid occurs extremely often
in these disorders.
It is now well established that gluten, a protein
fraction of such cereal grains as wheat, rye and barley,
is clinically injurious to a large majority of patients
with celiac disease or idiopathic steatorrhea. The
question of whether gluten has a direct toxic action on
the intestinal inucosa of these patients to produce the
characteristic histologic abnormality has been evalu-
ated experimentally.138 Studies were carried out on 2
adults who had idiopathic steatorrhea in clinical re-
mission. Multiple biopsies obtained from each patient
revealed characteristic lesions of the proximal small-
bowel mucosa, but the mucosa of the distal ileum was
completely normal. While the patients were on

I
Vol. 264 No. 24 INTESTINAL ABSORPTION - LASTER AND INGELFINGER
gluten-free diets wheat flour was instilled repeatedly
into the ileum through an indwelling tube. Both pa-
tients suffered clinical relapses, and biopsies taken
during the nine days of the experiment revealed that
the characteristic mucosal lesion developed in ileal
areas that had previously been normal. Similar ex-
periments with 2 control subjects failed to produce
either clinical or morphologic changes. These findings
suggest that patients with celiac disease and idiopathic
steatorrhea suffer from a specific metabolic defect
that permits a toxic effect of wheat gluten on the
intestinal mucosa.138 The nature of the metabolic de-
fect remains unidentified. This preliminary hypothesis
fails to explain why in patients with tropical sprue,
who do not appear so specifically sensitive to wheat
gluten, mucosal lesions indistinguishable from those
seen in celiac disease and in idiopathic steatorrhea
develop.
Duration. What is the natural history of the
mucosal lesion in the primary malabsorption states?
The clinical condition of the patient, the duration of
the disease and the degree of abnormality of the
mucosal biopsy do not correlate with one another.
Equally abnormal intestinal lesions have been found
in a thirty-four-year-old adult with celiac disease and
in a three-year-old child with juvenile celiac disease.136
Mild to moderate histologic changes have been found
in biopsies from severely ill patients, and patients in
apparent clinical remission often have markedly ab-
normal mucosal biopsies.136 In many patients the
lesion appears to persist, apparently irreversibly,
throughout the course of the disease and despite im-
provement in clinical status.129,13E Functional ab-
normalities may also persist. Adolescent and adult
subjects who appear clinically to have outgrown celiac
disease of early childhood are frequently found to
have subclinical impairment of their capacities to
absorb fats and sugars when quantitative estimations
of these functions are performed.145 Although the
anatomic lesion may not disappear completely, it can
at times improve markedly. Two children with celiac
disease were treated with gluten-free diets for ap-
proximately eight months, and serial intestinal biopsies
showed marked increases in the length of epithelial
surface, as determined by the random-count technic,
as well as definite improvement in the general histo-
logic appearance of the biopsy specimens.138 Treat-
ing tropical sprue also results in improvement in the
intestinal abnormality,lz9 and indeed "one may an-
ticipate reversal of the mucosal lesions if the nutri-
tional defects have been of short duration."146 Im-
provement was also seen in preliminary studies of the
ultrastructural mucosal abnormalities that occur in
celiac disease.$ One adult patient was biopsied before
and after a remission was induced by the elimination
of gluten from the diet, and a second patient was
biopsied while in a similar remission. Studies with the
electron microscope of the specimens suggested that
1249
when the disease was in relapse the brush border was
absent but that, with the onset of remission, the brush
border of the columnar cells regenerated.
It appears a priori that the extreme reduction in
intestinal surface area that results from the mucosal
lesion would be an important factor contributing to
the decreased absorptive capacity of patients with
primary malabsorption.7 The appearance of a biopsy
specimen, however, does not correlate with the degree
of functional impairment that occurs in a given
patient. The morphologic abnormalities may be ex-
tremely marked, and yet steatorrhea may be minimal.
It may be necessary to determine the length of small
bowel that is involved to explain such observations.132
Biopsy instruments that permit sampling from the
entire length of the small intestine during a single
intubation should prove helpful in this endeavor.l'T,1'$
It is also possible that the degree and extent of in-
volvement of a specific region of the small intestine
determines the severity of the functional derange-
ments. For example, it is believed that in man most
of the sugar that is absorbed is taken up before the
chyme reaches the ileum, whereas vitamin B12 is
absorbed in the ileum. Finally, it is possible that in
the primary malabsorption states an underlying ab-
normality of metabolism affects the structure and
function of the small-bowel epithelium independently
and that a biochemically disturbed columnar cell may
not be detectable by light or even by electron micros-
copy.138
Gluten and Malabsorption
An important contribution to knowledge of intes-
tinal malabsorption was the discovery by Dicke, in
1950, of a direct relation between the manifestations
of celiac disease and the ingestion of certain cereal
grains.149 He incriminated wheat, rye, barley and
oats, but the inclusion of oats has since been ques-
tioned.15°.151 A similar intolerance for cereal grains
occurs in idiopathic steatorrhea15=-15' but not in trop-
ical sprue. Reports implicating the cereal grains in
malabsorption states other than those classified as
"primary" have been extremely rare.156 These obser-
vations suggest that celiac disease and idiopathic
steatorrhea share a common pathogenetic mechanism
that is activated by the ingestion of a toxic substance
in cereal grains.
The toxic substance. In an attempt to characterize
the toxic substance in cereal grains, Dicke, Weijers
and van de Kamer evaluated the clinical status and
determined the daily fecal excretion of fat in children
with celiac disease during control periods when their
diets were free of cereal grains and during test pe-
riods when various fractions of wheat flour were
added to the diets. Contrary to medical opinion pre-
vailing at the time, the starch-containing fraction of
wheat proved quite harmless, but the protein fraction
consistently induced relapses. By separating the major

1250 THE NEW ENGLAND JOURNAL OF MEDICINE June 15, 1961
wheat-flour proteins from one another, the Dutch
workers were able to incriminate a component of
gluten known as gliadin.1'a
When wheat flour, which contains approximately
50 to 75 per cent carbohydrate and about 10 to 15
per cent protein,1's is extracted with water and neu-
tral salt solution, a rubbery mass of prote.in remains
behind. This is gluten. It does not dissolve when
added to water, but it does become sticky and doughy,
a property of importance in baking. If it is extracted
with 60 to 70 per cent ethyl alcohol about half of it
goes into solution.14e The half that dissolves is glia-
din; the remainder is glutenin. Depending on the
methods employed, gliadin can be fractionated into
few or many constituents.l't
Gliadin is classified as a "prolamine" because it is
usually rich in the amino acids proline (12 per cent)
and glutamic acid in the form of glutamine (36 to 43
per cent) - that is, with its free carboxyl group bound
to ammonia (Fig. 8) .19,158 In a search for the struc-
tural properties of gliadin that made it harmful to
celiac patients, attention was given to its high gluta-
mine content. A preparation of gliadin was subjected
to mild acid hydrolysis under conditions that were
known to deamidate it.l'9,159 The treatment removed
practically all the ammonia from the glutamine mole-
cules but did not destroy more than 10 per cent of the
peptide bonds holding the glutamine molecules with-
in the gliadin structure. The product, deamidated
gliadin, was assumed to be essentially the same as un-
treated gliadin except that its glutamine content had
been converted to glutamic acid (Fig. 8). When de-
amidated gliadin was fed to children with celiac dis-
ease it had no ill-effects. Thus, the toxic action of
gliadin appeared to depend on its glutamine content.
However, when the free amino acid glutamine was
tested in appropriate dosage, it too proved harmless
to patients with celiac disease, suggesting that the
toxic factor in gliadin was a glutamine-containing
peptide 14s
This pioneering work has been confirmed in a
number of laboratories.151 Evidence has been pub-
lished indicating that the toxic factor is water soluble,
that it has a molecular weight of 15,000 or less and
that it retains its toxicity after its antigenic proper-
ties have been destroyed by autoclaving.leo One
group has isolated the toxic factor as an "acid pep-
tide fraction" of gliadin and has found that treatment
of this fraction to destroy many of its disulfide bonds
does not eliminate its toxicity.lsl Modern methods of
protein analysis undoubtedly permit an even more
precise characterization of the toxic peptide than has
been achieved so far, but the need to test experi-
mental fractions of gliadin by feeding them to patients
and determining the effect on fecal excretion of fat
delays the research immeasurably.
An animal assay for the toxic effect of gliadin
would expedite the isolation of the harmful peptide,
but no such assay is available at present. Rats that
received 2 per cent of their protein intake in the form
of wheat gluten were reported to have doubled their
daily fecal excretion of neutral fat,i62 but the over-
lapping nature of the control and experimental data
tends to preclude use of this observation for assay
purposes.
1. Schematic representation of an amino acid
0
II
t H2N\ ~C~
CH OH
Glutamine
0
H2N\C C\OH
CH2
CH2
C=O sO - amide bond
NH2
3. Hypothetical peptide containing two glutamine residues
P
C
C
N
C
\ ~
\C/
H2N
\C/ \CH
\NH
CH
II I II
0 CH2 - 0 R
J
CH2
C= 0
i
NH2
4. Deamidated form of the peptide shown in 3 above
II
0
peptide bond
OH*
i
C=0
I
CH2
Rl O R2 0 CH2
NH /C\ /C\ ~N\ ~C\ CH OH
H2N C CH NH C CH NH C
0 CH2 0 R3 0
CH2
I
C=o
I
OH*
FiGUxE 8. Deamidation of a Peptide.
In formula 4 two -OH groups (marked with asterisks) have
replaced two -NH, groups of the compound shown in
formula 3.
Another observation seemed, when it was first re-
ported, to provide not only a diagnostic test for gluten-
intolerant patients but also a means of assaying wheat
fractions for toxicity. It was observed that feeding
gliadin to human subjects resulted in a much greater
rise in blood glutamine levels of patients with celiac
disease than of control subjects.'4" More extensive

Vol. 264 No. 24 INTESTINAL ABSORPTION-LASTER AND INGELFINGER
evaluation of this "gliadin tolerance test" showed,
however, that there was too great an overlap of the
data from subjects with and those without celiac
disease for the test to be of diagnostic value.163,16' In
contrast to findings in patients with no celiac disease
the rise in blood glutamine levels in those with the
disease has been described as due almost entirely to
glutamine bound in peptide form rather than to free
glutamine."9 This finding constitutes evidence that
patients with celiac disease do not digest ingested
gliadin completely and that they absorb a glutamine-
containing peptide fraction of gliadin. However, in
another report of similar studies the rise in blood
glutamine in patients with celiac disease was attrib-
uted to free rather than to peptide-bound gluta-
mine.184
Nature of gluten intolerance. If a glutamine-con-
taining peptide does accumulate in patients with
gluten-induced steatorrhea, what mechanisms account
for this accumulation? Several studies by Frazer and
his colleagues160 bear on this question. The digestive
actions of gastric and pancreatic enzymes seem to be
normal in patients with celiac disease. Gluten, incu-
bated in vitro with pepsin and then with trypsin,
yields a peptide-containing digest that is still toxic
to gluten-intolerant patients. Further incubation of
this digest with an extract of hog-intestine mucosa
produces a mixture that no longer has ill-effects when
fed to patients with celiac disease.l°°,1°5 Assuming
that these preliminary observations can be confirmed,
gluten-intolerant patients appear to be deficient in an
intestinal-mucosa peptidase that normally functions
to catalyze the degradation of peptide derivatives of
wheat gliadin past the point of having properties
toxic to man. When solutions containing either gluten
or its derivatives were perfused in vitro through the
lumen of a segment of animal intestine no alteration
of intestinal motility resulted, but when the solutions
were applied to the outer, serosal surface of a seg-
ment, peristaltic contraction of the muscle layers was
completely inhibited.188 Digestion of gluten with pep-
sin and trypsin did not destroy this inhibitory effect
on peristalsis in vitro, but additional incubation of
the digest of gluten with small-intestine mucosa from
rat or man did eliminate the inhibitory properties.
Whether these in vitro studies are applicable to the
action of gluten in vivo is uncertain. In the clinical
studies of the toxicity of wheat flour149 the injurious
factor was localized to gliadin, which is alcohol sol-
uble rather than water soluble, but in the studies of
the effect of wheat gluten on isolated intestinal seg-
ments it was found that aqueous extracts of gluten
had ten times the depressant activity of peptic-tryptic
digests of gluten.1G'
A direct evaluation of the theory that gluten-intol-
erant patients are deficient in a digestive enzyme
would entail first the isolation and identification of
the still hypothetical noxious peptide and, second, the
1251
demonstration that extracts of normal human small-
intestine mucosa can digest the peptide but that the
capacity of intestinal extracts from gluten-intolerant
patients to digest the peptide is reduced or lacking.
Findings of this nature would lend support to pre-
mature statements that describe the "primary malab-
sorption syndrome" as an inborn error of inetabo-
Iism.11T
The postulation of an inborn error of metabolism
relies heavily on the belief that there is a hereditary
predisposition to celiac disease and idiopathic steator-
rhea. This belief is supported not only by a general
clinical impression but also by three systematic studies
of the genetics of celiac disease. In the older two stud-
ies"',16$ no account was taken of the therapeutic,
and possibly diagnostic, value of a gluten-free diet,
and the criteria for making the diagnosis of celiac
disease or idiopathic steatorrhea in relatives of index
patients did not include quantitative determination
of fecal fat excretion. These factors were considered
in the third study, but biopsy of the intestinal mucosa
was not included in the diagnostic evaluation of index
patients and their relatives.1G9 Despite these limita-
tions, the three studies do reveal that the incidence of
celiac disease and idiopathic steatorrhea is higher in
the near relations of index patients than it is in the
general population. Carter et al.,lss who found the
risk in the general population to be about 1 in 3000,
demonstrated that 5 of 205 brothers and sisters, 2 of
85 fathers, 1 of 580 aunts and uncles and 1 of 806
cousins of index patients had definite celiac disease
or idiopathic steatorrhea. The authors considered it
unlikely that this family concentration was due simply
to a common environment. A rapid and simple
screening test for gluten intolerance would not only
expedite the identification of the toxic component of
gluten but also permit more extensive and more
definite genetic studies than are feasible by the use
of available diagnostic tools.
An inborn error of metabolism is not the only con-
ceivable explanation for gluten intolerance. It is quite
possible that an allergic reaction is involved as a con-
tributory or sole factor, since cereal-grain proteins
are known to be antigenic in animals.15° On occasion
a child who has been on a gluten-free diet has re-
sponded to the ingestion of even a minute quantity
of gluten in a manner so fulminating that the response
has been termed "gliadin shock."170 The beneficial
action of adrenocortical steroids in idiopathic steator-
rhea may be another indication that an allergic re-
action is involved. Clinical observations have sug-
gested that foodstuffs other than cereal grains may
produce the picture of celiac disease.lsl Conventional
clinical attempts to implicate allergic mechanisms in
celiac disease have not been successful. Skin tests
with gluten were negative, and a particular tendency
to allergic manifestations in general was not detected
in these children.ll°
11

1252 THE NEW ENGLAND JOURNAL OF MEDICINE June 15, 1961
Bergert' 1 has performed a number of studies to
implicate an allergic process in celiac disease. He
has found that the antigenic behavior of cereal pro-
teins in vitro tends to parallel their capacity to affect
patients with celiac disease. For example, antibodies
produced by immunization of animals with extracts of
various cereal grains give many crossreactions with
wheat, rye, barley and oats, which are harmful to pa-
tients with celiac disease. Corn, which is not injurious
to such patients, does not crossreact with the other
grains. Furthermore, by the use of complement-fixa-
tion tests Berger found that both normal subjects and
patients with celiac disease have antibodies in the
blood that react with alcoholic extracts of wheat,
barley and oats. When gliadin is fed to these subjects
the antibodies disappear from the blood of the pa-
tients with but do not decrease in the blood of those
without celiac disease. Berger believes that such ob-
servations indicate a fundamental difference in the
immunologic behavior of the antibodies in the subjects
with celiac disease.
Biochemical Abnormalities Associated with Malabsorp-
tion
A number of abnormalities have been detected in
patients with primary malabsorption, but it is difficult
to decide whether the findings reflect cause or effects
of the disease states. Of 53 children with celiac dis-
ease, 30 were found to excrete in the urine a com-
pound with chromatographic properties of phos-
phorylethanolamine, but studies of 576 control sub-
jects without known celiac disease revealed only 16
who excreted this compound in the urine.1T= Most
patients with the inborn error of metabolism, hypo-
phosphatasia (deficient or absent activity of alkaline
phosphatase), excrete phosphorylethanolamine in the
urine.173 The significance of the excretion of this
compound by patients with celiac disease is not
known.
In 1954 Boscott and Cooke17} reported that pa-
tients who have steatorrhea and macrocytic anemia
frequently excrete p-hydroxyphenylacetic acid in the
urine, but that normal persons excrete this compound
only rarely. On the basis of their study, they con-
cluded that the presence of p-hydroxyphenylacetic
acid in the urine was the result of deranged tyrosine
metabolism and a deficiency of ascorbic acid.
Boscott and Cooke17' also detected indoleacetic
acid in the urine of patients with steatorrhea. Since
then, Haverback et al.17' have confirmed the finding
and have identified the compound as indole-3-acetic
acid. These workers detected increased urinary ex-
cretion of indole-3-acetic acid not only in primary
malabsorption states but also in secondary steatorrhea
such as that due to pancreatic disease. The urinary
excretion of another indole, 5-hydroxyindoleacetic
acid, is moderately higher than normal in some pa-
tients with primary malabsorption. Urinary excretion
of both indo]e-3-acetic acid and 5-hydroxyindoleacetic
acid may fall toward normal during a remission re-
sulting from treatment with a gluten-free diet.17s'1'°
The abnormal excretion of these indoles in malab-
sorption states has been attributed to disturbances in
the metabolism of tryptophane by enteric bacteria
and is not considered specific for primary malabsorp-
tion.lrs
Finally, patients with tropical sprue absorb greater
quantities of intact sucrose than control subjects do.17'
Normally, sucrose is split into glucose and fructose
during digestion and does not appear in the blood
intact unless unusually large quantities are fed. The
cleavage of the disaccharide into its component mono-
saccharides is catalyzed by the enzyme sucrase, which
is present in the normal intestinal mucosa. Santini et
al.t'' have shown that the intestinal mucosa of pa-
tients with untreated and treated tropical sprue con-
tains less sucrase activity than that of control subjects,
a finding that seems to explain the excessive absorp-
tion of unsplit sucrose by patients with tropical
sprue.l''
The significance of biochemical abnormalities, such
as excessive urinary excretion of phosphorylethanol-
amine, in patients with primary malabsorption is dif-
ficult to appreciate until the underlying mechanisms
responsible for primary malabsorption are better
identified. Elucidation of these mechanisms, in turn,
must wait upon clarification of the basic processes re-
sponsible for normal intestinal absorption and for
membrane transport in general.
We are indebted to Miss Joyce Lynn Sills (Fig. 2
through 5) and Mr. Howard Bartner (Fig. 1 and 7), of
the Medical Arts Section, National Institutes of Health, for
the drawings. Figures 3,"T 4 and 5` were based to some
extent on drawings in other publications.
REFERENCES
117. Adlersberg, D., et al. Symposium on malabsorption syndrome.
J. Mount Sinai Hosp. 24:177-424, 1957.
118. Gordon, R. S., Jr., Bartter, F. C., and Waldmann, T. Idiopathic
hypoalbuminemias: Clinical Staff Conference at National Institutes
of Health. Ann. Int. Med. 51:553-576, 1959.
119. Sheldon, W. Celiac disease. Pediatrics 23:132-145, 1959.
120. Symposium: malabsorption syndrome. In Proceedings of the World
Congress of Gastroenterology: And the fifty-ninth annual meeting
of the American Gastroenterological Association: Washington, D. C.,
U.S.A.: Mav 25th through 31st, 1958. Vol. 1. 714 pp. Baltimore:
Williams & Wilkins, 1959. Pp. 558-657.
121. Symposium on disorders of small intestine (excluding duodenum).
Proc. Roy. Soc. Med. 52:1-46, 1959.
122. Tropical Sprue: Studies of the U.S. Army's Sprue Team in Puerto
Rico. Edited by W. H. Crosby. 355 pp. (Army Institute of Re-
search, Walter Reed Army Medical Center.) Washington, D. C.:
Government Printing Office, 1959.
123. Volwiler, W. Gastrointestinal malabsorptive syndromes. D3L'
Disease-a-Month., pp. 1-35, March, 1959.
124. Malabsorption syndromes: symposium: papers read at annual
Congress of British Institute of Radiology, December 10, 1959.
Brit. J. Radiol. 33:201-242, 1960.
125. Spencer, R. P. The Intestinal Tract: Structure, function and
pathology in terms of the basic sciences. 411 pp. Springfield,
Illinois: Thomas, 1960.
126. van de Iiamer, J. H., and Weijers, H. A. Malabsorption syndrome.
Federation Proc. 20:335-344, 1961.
127. Symposimn on absorption mechanisms and malabsorption syndrome.
Am. J. Clin. Nutrition B:1S1-205 1960.
128. Paulley, J. W. Histologic and ~psychologic findings in idiopathic
steatorrhea. In Proceedings of the World Congress of (,astro-
enterology: And the fifty-ninth annual meeting of the American
Gastroenterological Association: Washington, D. C., U.S.A.: May
25th through 31st, 1958. Vol. 1. 714 pp. Baltimore: Williams &
Wilkins, 1959. Pp. 469-476.

Vol. 264 No. 24 MEDICAL INTELLIGENCE - POST
129. Shiner, M., and Doniach, I. Histopathologic studies in steatorrhea.
In Proceedings of the World Congress on Gastroenterology: And
the fi(ty-ninth annual meeting of the American Gastroenterological
Association: Washington, D. C., U.S.A.: May 25th through 31st,
1958. Vol. 1. 714 pp. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins, 1959. Pp.
586-607.
130. Smith, R. B. W., Sprinz, H., Crosby, W. H., and Sullivan, B. H.,
Jr. Peroral small bowel mucosal biopsy. Am. J. Med. 25:391-394,
1958.
131. Brandborg, L. L., Rubin, C. E., and Quinton, W. E. Multipurpose
instrument for suction biopsy of esophagus, stomach, small bowel,
and colon. Gastroenterology 37:1-16, 1959
132. Rubin, C. E., Brandborq, L. L., Phelps, P. C., and Taylor, H. C.,
Jr. Studies of celiac disease. I. Apparent identical and specific
nature of duodenal and proximal jelunal lesion in celiac disease
and idiopathic sprue. Gastroenterology 38:28-49, 1960.
133. Fone, D. J., et al. Jejunal biopsy in adult coeliac disease and
allied disorders. Lancet 1:933-939, 1960.
134. Thurlbeck, W. M., Benson, J. A., Jr., and Dudley, H. R., Jr.
Histopathologic changes of sprue and their significance. Am. J.
Clin. Path. 34:108-117. 1960.
135. Butterworth, C. E., Jr., and Perez-Santiago, E. Jejunal biopsies
in sprue. Ann. Ine. Med. 48:8-29, 1958.
136. Rubin, C. E., et al. Studies of celiac disease. II. Apparent irre-
versibility of proximal intestinal pathology in celiac disease. Gastro-
enterology 38:517-532, 1960.
137. Bolt, R. J., Pollard, H. M., and Standaert, L. Transoral small-
bowel biopsy as aid in diagnosis of malabsorption states. New
Eng. J. Med. 259:32-34, 1958.
138. Rubin, C. E. Celiac disease and idiopathic sprue: some reflections
on reversibility, gluten, and intestine. Gastroenterology 39:260,
1960.
139. Shiner, M. Small intestinal biopsies by oral route: histopathologic
changes in malabsorption syndrome. J. Mount Sinai Hosp. 24:273-
285, 1957.
140. Butterworth, C. E., Smith, R. B. W., and Perez-Santiago, E.
Pathologic findings in jejunal specimens obtained by peroral
intubation biopsy in patients with malabsorption. In Proceedings
of the World Congress on Gastroenterology: And the fifty-ninth
annual meeting of the American Gastroenterological Association:
Washington, D. C., U.S.A.: May 25th through 31st, 1958. Vol. 1.
714 pp. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins, 1959. Pp. 629-639.
141. Yesner, R., Schwartz, R. D., and Spiro, H. M. Duodenal biopsy
in diarrhea and steatorrhea. Yale J. Biol. & Med. 32:361-369,
1960.
142. Zamcheck, N. Dynamic interaction among body nutrition, gut
mucosal metabolism and morphology and transport across mucosa.
Federation Proc. 19:855-864, 1960.
143. Butterworth, C. E., Jr., Nadel, H., Perez-Santiago, E., Santini, R.,
Jr., and Gardner, F. H. Folic acid absorption, excretion, and
leukocyte concentration in tropical sprue. J. Lab. & Clin. Med.
50:673-681, 1957.
144. Cox, E. V., Meynell, M. J., Cooke, W. T., and Gaddie, R. Folic
acid excretion test in steatorrhea syndrome. Gastroenterology 35:
390-397, 1958.
145. Gerrard, J. W., Ross, C. A. C., Astley, R., French, J. M., and
Smellie, J M. Coeliac disease: is there natural recovery? Quart.
J. Med. 24:23-32, 1955.
146. Gardner, F. H. Tropical sprue. New Eng. J. Med. 258:791-796
and 835-842, 1958.
147. Ross, J. R., and Moore, V. A. Small intestinal biopsy capsule
utilizing hydrostatic and suction principles. Gastroenterology 40:
113-119, 1961.
148. Flick, A. L., Quinton, W. E., and Rubin, C. E. Peroral hydraulic
biopsy tube for multiple sampling at any level of gastrointestinal
tract. Gastroenterology 40:120-126, 1961.
149. Weijen, H. A., and van de Kamer, J. H. Celiac disease and
wheat sensitivity. Pediatrics 25:127-134, 1960.
MEDICAL INTELLIGENCE
ANURIA AS A PRESENTING SYMPTOM
IN UNSUSPECTED LEUKEMIA
JERROLD POST, M.D.*
NI:W HAVEN, CONNECTICUT
E LEVATED serum uric acid and increased uric
acid excretion are frequently present in the myelo-
proliferative disorders. During treatment of leukemia
with radiation, alkylating agents and certain anti-
'Intern, Medical Service, Grace-New Haven Hospital.
1253
150. Moulton, A. L. C. Place of oats in cocliac diet. Arch. Dis.
Childhood 34:51-55, 1959.
151. Frazer, A. C. Present state of knowledge on celiac syndrome.
Pediat. 57:262-276, 1960.
152. uffin, J. M., Carter, D. D., Johnston, D. H., and Baylin, G. J.
"Wheat-free" diet in treatment of sprue. New Eng. J. Med.
250:281, 1954.
153. French, J. M., Hawkins, C. F., and Smith, N. Effect of wheat-
gluten-free diet in adult idiopathic steatorrhoea: study of 22
cases. Quart. J. Med. 26:481-499, 1957.
154. Sleisenger, M. H., Law, D. H., Kowlessar, O. D., Pert, J. H.,
and Almy, T. P. Effects of gluten-gliadin-free diet on patients
with non-tropical sprue. Tr. A. Am. Physicians 71:100-109, 1958.
155. Scudamore, H. H., and Green, P. A. Secondary malabsorption
syndromes of intestinal origin. Postgrad. Med. 26:340-351, 1959.
156. Bailey, C. H. The Constituents of Wheat and Wheat Products.
332 pp. New York: Reinhold, 1944.
157. Holme, J., and Briggs, D. R. Studies on physical nature of gliadin.
Cereal Chem. 36:321-340, 1959.
158. Pace, 4. Chemical aspects of wheat proteins. In Society of Chemical
Industry, London. The Physico-Chemical Properties of Proteins:
With special reference to wheat proteins. 92 pp. Edited by J. Pace.
New York: Macmillan, 1959. (S.C.1. Monograph, No. 6.) Pp.
2638.
159. Vickery, H. B. Rate of hydrolysis of wheat gliadin. J. Biol. Chem.
53:495-511, 1922.
160. Frazer, A. C., et al. Gluten-induced enteropathy: effect of partially
digested gluten. Lancet 2:252-255, 1959.
161. Van Roon, J. H., Haex, A. J Ch., Seeder, W. A., and de Jong, J.
Clinical and biochemical analysis of gluten toxicity. I. Experientia
16:209, 1960.
162. Ribeiro, E., Sobrinho-Simoes, M., and Mesquita, A.-M. Effect of
dietary gluten on fecal fat in rat. Metabolism 6:378-380, 1957.
163. Payne, W. W., and jenkinson, V. Test for coeliac disease. Arch.
Dis. Childhood 33:413-416, 1958.
164. Alvey, C., Anderson, C. M., and Freeman, M. Wheat gluten and
coeliac disease. Arch. Dis. Childhood 32:434-437, 1957.
165. Frazer, A. C. On growth defect in coeliac disease. Proc. Roy. Soc.
Med. 49:1009-1013, 1956.
166. Schneider, R., Bishop, H., Shaw, B., and Frazer, A. C. Effect of
wheat gluten on peristaltic reflex. Nature (London) 187:516, 1960.
167. Thompson, M. W. Heredity, maternal age, and birth order in
etiology of celiac disease. Am. J. Human Genet. 3:159-166, 1951.
168. Boyer. P. H., and Andersen, D. H. Genetic study of celiac disease.
J. Dis. Child. 91:131-137, 1956.
169. Carter, C., Sheldon, W., and Walker, C. Inheritance of coeliac
disease. Ann. Human Genet. 23:266-278, 1959.
170. Krainick, H. G., et al. Further investigations on harmful effect
of wheat flour in celiac disease. I. Acute gliadin reaction (gliadin
shock). Hela. paediat. aeta 13:432-454, 1958.
171. Berger, E. On allergic pathogenesis of celiac disease. Bibl. paediat.
Supp. 67:1-55, 1958.
172. Fisher, O. D., and Neill, D. W. Excretion of ethanolanvne-
phosphoric acid in coeliac disease. Lancet 1:334, 1955.
173. Fraser, D. Hypophosphatasia. Am. J. Med. 22:730-746, 1957.
174. Boscott, R. J., and Cooke, W. T. Ascorbic acid requirements and
urinary excretion of p-hydroxyphenylacetic acid in steatorrhoea and
macrocytic anaemia. Quart. J. Med. 23:307-322, 1954.
175. Haverback, B. J., Dyce, B., and Thomas, H. V. Indole metabolism
in malabsorption syndrome. New Eng. J. Med. 262:754-757, 1960.
176. Kowlessar, O. D., Williams, R. C., Law, D. H., and Sleisenger,
M. H. Urinary excretion of 5-hydroxyindolacetic acid in diarrheal
states, with special reference to nontropical sprue. New Eng. J.
Med. 259:340, 1958.
177. Santini, R., Jr., Aviles, J., and Sheehy, T. W. Sucrase activity
in intestinal mucosa of patients with sprue and normal subjects.
Am. J. Digest. Dis. 5:1059-1062, 1960.
metabolites, uricosuria may rise to dangerous pro-
portions. This is assumed to be due to an accentuation
of hyperuricemia because of increased nuclear de-
struction. In 1958 Kritzler' reported 3 cases of anuria
after antileukemia therapy and referred to 7 similar
cases. The following case is of interest since anuria
was the presenting symptom in a patient with pre-
viously unsuspected and untreated leukemia.
CASE REPORT
L.L. (G.-N.H.H. 48-65-20), a 78-year-old man, was ad-
mitted to the private service of Grace-New Haven Hospital
on January 17, 1961, with a chief complaint of not having
urinated for 2 days. When seen in this hospital for the 1st
time in 1958 because of an episode of sharp left-upper-
quadrant pain the following significant findings were noted:
3d-degree heart block; total white-cell count of 15,000, with
80 per cent granulocytes; and a normal intravenous pyclo-
gram. The impression at discharge was diverticulitis. The
patient did well until the summer of 1960, when he experi-
enced an episode of sharp right-upper-quadrant pain, at-

1254 THE NEW ENGLAND JOURNAL OF MEDICINE June 15, 1961
tributed to acute cholecystitis in view of a cholecystogram
that revealed no function. He recovered from this attack
without incident. Four days before admission he again suf-
fered an episode of sharp right-upper-quadrant pain. On
the morning before admission he had a further episode of
right-sided abdominal pain, lower and more medial. Until
this time he had urinated 8 to 10 times daily. After the 2d
episode of abdominal pain he did not urinate for 36 hours
and felt somewhat nauseated and anorectic.
He was seen in the emergency room, where catheterization
revealed no urine in the bladder. An intravenous pyelogram
showed no function. On admission to the floor he did not
appear acutely or chronically ill. The liver edge was felt 3
cm. below the right costal margin. The following significant
negative findings were noted: there was no lymphadenopathy
or splenomegaly; the kidneys were not palpable and there
was no costovertebral-angle tenderness; the prostate was
smooth, firm and not enlarged; and no ecchymoses or tophi
were present.
The temperature was 99°F., the pulse 40, and the respira-
tions 16. The blood pressure was 180/90.
Shortly after admission cystoscopy was performed. The
bladder contained approximately 150 ml. of smoky urine and
many 1-mm. stones. Although initially the ureteral orifices
were obstructed by similar calculi, retrograde pyelograms
showed no abnormalities. The urologist's impression that
these were uric acid stones was later confirmed by chemical
analysis.
The white-cell count on admission was 40,700, with 52
per cent granulocytes, 8 per cent band forms, 3 per cent
lymphocytes and 43 per cent cells in the mononuclear series,
many immature forms being seen. The hematocrit was 40
per cent, and the platelet count was 62,000. On bone-
marrow aspiration a cellular specimen was obtained that
contained predominantly cells in the mononuclear series, the
majority of which were mature, but some granulocytic and
erythroid elements were also present.
The serum uric acid was 15.2 mg., and the blood urea
nitrogen 51 mg. per 100 ml. The serum carbon dioxide was
22.1 milliequiv., the chloride 105 milliequiv., the sodium
137 milliequiv., and the potassium 5.1 milliequiv. per liter.
The serum calcium and phosphorus were 9.7 mg. and 6.7
mg. per 100 ml. respectively. Liver-function tests were
within normal limits except for a bromsulfalein retention of
14.7 per cent and cephalin flocculations of + + + and
++++ in 24 and 48 hours. The globulin fraction of the
serum protein was slightly elevated.
On the basis of the peripheral blood and the bone mar-
row a diagnosis of subacute monocytic leukemia was made.
The patient maintained a good output of urine on a regi-
men of forced fluids. After a transient rise, the blood urea
nitrogen gradually fell toward normal, as did the serum
uric acid. Because of fear of increased uricosuria, no specific
therapy was directed at the leukemic process, and after a
10-day hospital course, he was discharged, completely
asymptomatic.
DISCUSSION
Weisberger and Persky2 state that the incidence
of uric acid stones in patients with the myelopro-
liferative disorders is seventy-five times higher than
that in the normal population. In a study of 283
such patients they found renal calculi in 5.3 per cent.
Emphasizing the fact that, as a rule, in patients with
these disorders in whom stones develop, they do so
under treatment, they present 5 cases of untreated
leukemia with renal calculi. Ureteral obstruction was
not present in any of these untreated cases.
In the differential diagnosis of anuria bilateral
ureteral obstruction with stones is routinely consid-
ered. Anuria as a consequence of obstruction by uric
acid calculi may be a rare presenting symptom of the
myeloproliferative disorders.
I am indebted to Dr. Paul Calabresi for helpful advice in
the preparation of this paper and to Dr. Robert Gordon for
permission to present the case history.
REFERENCES
1. Kritzler, R. A. Anuria complicating treatment of leukemia. Am. J.
Med. 25:532-538, 1958.
2. Weisberger, A. S., and Persky, L. Renal calculi and uremia as com-
plications of lymphoma. Am. J. M. Sc. 225:669-673, 1953.
HAZARDS TO HEALTH
Effectiveness of Seat Belts in Preventing
Motor-Vehicle In juries
ROBERT G. FRAZIER, M.D.*
EVANSTON, ILLINOIS
A PPROXIMATELY 1,200,000 persons in the
United States are injured, and about 40,000 die
per year from automobile accidents. Despite this
the passenger automobile is becoming increasingly
important as an essential instrument of modern
living, as shown by the increase from 37,000,000
automobiles in the United States in 1946 to 62,-
000,000 in 1958 and an estimated 82,000,000 in 1966.1
In the face of pleas for funds to fight the many
diseases that still threaten health and happiness it
is soberin; to think that automobile accidents alone
are either the first, second, third or fourth leading
cause of death in all age groups from five to thirty-
four years.'
Reduction of this high fatality rate may be ap-
proached in several ways. One way of interest to
the physician in his capacity as counselor to patients
and families, and often as community adviser, is the
use of the sa f ety belt. The following studies refer
only to the lap-type seat belt, which is the only
one easily available in this country, although the
shoulder-loop type is well adapted to, and fre-
quently used in, European cars.
The risk of death or injury in an automobile ac-
cident is to a large extent dependent on the fre-
quency of ejection. Two other major variables that
influence both the frequency of ejection and the risk
of fatal injury are the severity of the accident and
the seat position occupied. In one study of injury-
producing accidents, 13.6 per cent of adult occupants
were ejected, and the fatality rate was five times
greater in this group than that for occupants who
were not ejected.2 It was estimated in this study
that prevention of ejection could have resulted in a
25 per cent reduction in mortality. This study was
performed in the years 1953-1956. In 1956 im-
proved door locks were included in most standard
American cars. Subsequent studies have shown that
this little known fact has reduced the risk of oc-
cupant ejection about 48 per cent and that of danger-
ous injuries by 29 per cent.'
'Secretary, American Academy of Pediatrics.

I
/
Vol. 264 No. 24
26.6 per cent in the control group to 10.2 per cent
in the group wearing safety belts. In both cate~ories
this is a reduction of about 60.0 ler cent, which in the
luoderate-to-fatal group was si'gnificant at the 98.0
per cent level. As might be expected a companion
study in which the control group suffered ejection
showed that moderate-to-fatal injuries weree reduced
80 per cent among safety-belt users.
An analysis of the reasons for the difference
between 35 per cent improvement in major-to-fatal
grade injuries in the first study discussed and the
60 to 80 per cent improvement in the small studv
of matched accidents has recently been made avail-
able.t The two groups of cases for the small study
of matched accidents were not collected under the
same conditions so that the 81 cars whose occupants
wore seat belts came from a group of less severe
accidents than the cars in the control group. The 60
per cent improvement in injuries was therefore
labeled "maximum improvement" on the assumption
that the bias weighted the figures in favor of seat
belts. Quotations of this data have tended to leave
out this qualifying term, which was difficult to define
or quantitate.
It is apparent that the best answer now available
regarding the effectiveness of the seat belt is the
average figure of 35 per cent reduction in major-to-
fatal injuries found in the large California study
first discussed.'
In this discussion of injury and death from motor-
vehicle accidents it should also be noted that rear-
seat occupants have far less risk of ejection, and that
the fatality rate is about half that of front-seat
occupants. The more favorable injury experience of
children may in part be related to the frequency with
which they occupy the rear seat. In a large study
of accidents in which at least 1 person was injured,
52 per cent of the children, 71 per cent of the
adolescents and 80 per cent of the adults were
injured.1 In this study the safest seat area - the rear
seat - was occupied by 50 per cent of children
four to eleven years of age but by only 12 per cent
of adults. Infants up to four years of age tended
to occupy more hazardous seat areas than older
children. The center and right front seats or un-
usual seating areas were occupied by 73 per cent of
this group. Although different types of safety belts
have been developed for small children, as yet there
are no reported experimental studies on their effec-
tiveness.
Armed with this evidence of the effectiveness of
safety belts, one naturally wonders how widely they
are used. A California study in 1958 showed seat
belts available for 1 or more occupants in 3.5 per
cent of automobiles involved in a series of 54,348
accidents.' However, in only 33 per cent of the
*The statistical significance of the figure u relfected in the value of
p<0.01. "i'he confidence limits (±2 S.E.) of this analysis show that the ilersonal comniunication
from Robert A. 1Vult. Uirccn'r. A°~"""'t'"
reduction may be as low as 9 per cent or as high as 60 per cent. Crash Injury Research, Cornell
University Medical College.
MEDICAL INTELLIGENCE -FRAZIER 1255
One study of safety-belt effectiveness compared
injuries among 933 drivers and occupants of the
right front seat who used belts and 8,784 drivers and
occupants of the right front seat who did not.`
These accidents were on rural highways. After
accounting for the influence of speeds of cars, ac-
cident type and seats occupied the authors con-
cluded that users of safety belts sustained 35 per
cent fewer "major-fatal" grade injuries than non-
users.*
In this study the safety belt did not prove to be
a panacea. The rate of "any injury" was about the
same in both groups. But for each seated position
examined it reduced the proportion of "major-to-
fatal" grade injuries. Directional analysis of these
accidents (that is, a breakdown in terms of front-
front, front-rear, rollover, angled or lateral im-
pacts) showed that the expected and observed num-
ber of major-to-fatal injuries in front-front and
front-rear accidents were almost identical in the belt
and nonbelt groups, whereas in rollover and angled
impact accidents the observed total of major-to-fatal
injuries in belt users was less than half that in the
control or nonbelt group. This suggests that safety
belts may function most effectively in preventing
ejection since it is known that rollover and angled
or lateral impacts result in ejection more frequently
than front-front or front-rear collisions. It also
supports the evidence from simulated accidents us-
ing anthropomorphic dummies restrained in lap-
type seat belts during barrier crashes that such a
restraint provides negligible protection against injury
under severe accident conditions owing to insufficient
clearance of head and chest and the interior struc-
tures in front of an occupant in the front seat.5 How-
ever, only about 33 per cent of accidents are front-
to-front or front-to-rear. Twenty per cent are roll-
over, and the remainder are angled or lateral im-
pacts. In the latter types a safety belt provides the
best known protection from ejection during impact
and from violent dislocation within the automobile.
An earlier study that, though unpublished, is
often quoted because of the highly favorable figures
on the effect of the seat belt now merits re-examina-
tion.s Data from two groups of automobile accidents
were matched for several factors, the only variable
being the presence or absence of safety belts. The
experimental group comprised 81 cars with 97 oc-
cupants using safety belts. The control group in-
cluded 81 cars and 139 occupants without safety
belts. No members of either the experimental or
the control group were ejected from the car.
The frequency of any injury was reduced from
75.5 per cent in the control group to 29.9 per cent
in the group wearing safety belts. Injuries ranging
from moderate to fatal in severity were reduced from
i.

~.
1256 THE NEW ENGLAND JOURNAL OF MEDICINE June 15, 1961
automobiles equipped with belts were all the installed
belts worn by the occupants.
Public inertia and ignorance in this matter as
well as specific objections to seat belts, or the opinion
that local driving is safer than highway driving,
have delayed their wide acceptance. Studies show
that only 0.2 per cent of injury-producing accidents
are followed by fire and only 0.3 per cent involve
submersion. In any event the safety belt should
make it possible for the occupant to cope better
with these emergencies by virtue of a lesser degree
of injury. The risk of local driving is reflected in
the fact that in 1958, 47 per cent of all deaths oc-
curred at travel speeds below 40 m.p.h., and 66 per
cent took place within 25 miles of the driver's home.s
Other factors that may influence acceptance are
expense of belts and installation, comfort, clutter
in the car and time to buckle and unbuckle. A more
important factor raised by some is the re-emphasis
on the fact that safety belts are not a complete
answer and that industry as well as the public has
a continuing responsibility to foster engineering and
design improvements in the passenger automobile
that will increase the occupants' safety. In the mean-
time, faced with the evidence that has been pre-
sented, several states have considered or are con-
CASE RECORDS
OF THE
MASSACHUSETTS GENERAL HOSPITAL
Weekly Clinicopathological Exercises
FOUNDED BY RICHARD C. CABOT
BENJAMIN CASTLEMAN, M.D., Editor
BETTY U. KIBBEE, Assistant Editor
.,,
CASE 42-1961
PRESENTATION OF CASE
A forty-nine-year-old woman entered the hospital
because of hematemesis.
Ten years previously the patient was admitted to a
sanatorium because of tuberculosis of the right lung.
She was treated with streptomycin and pneumothorax
and was discharged after one year. An x-ray film
of the chest one year before entry showed a pleural
effusion on the right side; examinations of the
sidering laws requiring seat belts, and the auto-
mobile industry can surely meet this trend with
an improved and less expensive belt installation.
Demonstrated improvements in automobile design of
public-health significance should be recommended
by authoritative bodies and, if necessary, required by
appropriate legislation. Certainly, physicians can
more effectively guide their patients and foster their
health if they are informed on this subject, have
critically evaluated the evidence, and make their
thoughts known.
1801 Hinman
REFERENCES
1. Moore, J. 0., and Lilienfeld, R. Child in injury-producing auto-
mobile accidents. Traffic Safety (March), 1960. P. 16.
2. Tourin, B. Ejection and automobile fatality. Pub. Health Rep. 73:
381-391, 1958.
3. Crash in,'~uries and their prevention. New York State J. Med. S8:
1704-1723, 1958.
4. Tourin, B., and Garrett, J. W. Safety Belt Effectiveness in Rural
Cali ornia Accidents: Prepared by Automotive Crash Injury Research
of rnell University, New York 21, New York, February, 1960.
5. Mathewson, J. H., and Severy, D. M. Automobile impact research.
Tr. National Safety Council 28:93-101, 1954.
6. Annual Report, Automotive Crash Injury Researcb: For the period
1 April 1956 to 31 March 1957. Prepared by Cornell University
Medical College, Department of Health and Preventive Medicine,
New York 21, New York, 1957.
7. Tourin, B., and Garrett, J. W. A Report on Safety Belts to the
CaG ornia Legislature: Automotive Crash Injury Research. Prepared
by Cornell University, New York 21, New York, February, 1960.
8. Automobile Seat Belts: Report of the Special Subcommittee on Traf-
ftc Safety, House of Representatives. Washington, D. C. August 30,
1957. (Submitted by Mr. Harris, chairman.)
sputum and gastric washings were negative. Isoniazid
and para-aminosalicylic acid, 10 gm. daily, were
given. Because of intermittent anorexia, flatulence
and epigastric pain six weeks before admission the
dosage of para-aminosalicylic acid was decreased to
5 gm. daily, and she improved. During the two weeks
before entry she experienced anorexia, weight loss,
weakness and epigastric pain, accompanied by an in-
crease in abdominal girth, swelling of the ankles and
darkening of the urine. The pain usually occurred
after eating, was twice followed by vomiting and was
aggravated by milk. Twelve hours before entry
marked weakness and vertigo developed, and a black
stool was passed. She vomited a large amount of
blood just before admission. There was no history of
alcoholism.
Physical examination revealed a moderately obese,
pale, acutely ill woman. Slight icterus was visible
in the skin and sclerae. Breath sounds were decreased
throughout the right side of the chest; the left
side of the chest was clear. A Grade 3 systolic mur-
mur, which was not transmitted, was audible over
the entire precordium and was loudest in the pulmonic
area. The abdomen was protuberant, taut and dull
to percussion; a fluid wave and shifting dullness were
present. No organs or masses were palpable. There
was moderate epigastric tenderness, without rebound
tenderness or guarding. The outstretched hands
showed a liver flap, and + pitting edema of the knees
was observed.

Vol. 264 No. 24
CASE RECORDS OF THE MASSACHUSETTS GENERAL HOSPITAL 1257
The temperature was 99°F., the pulse 120, and the
respirations 20. The blood pressure was 120 systolic,
90 diastolic.
The urine gave a negative test for protein and
sugar; the specific gravity was 1.023; the sediment
contained 2 white cells and an occasional red cell per
high-power field; a culture demonstrated coliform
organisms; an azuresin test showed less than 0.3 mg.
per 100 ml. Examination of the blood revealed a
hemoglobin of 7.2 gm. per 100 ml., a hematocrit of
27 per cent and a white-cell count of 21,150, with 77
per cent neutrophils. The bleeding time was two and
a half minutes, and the coagulation time seven and
three-fourths minutes. The prothrombin content was
24 per cent. The nonprotein nitrogen was 41 mg., the
fasting glucose 118 mg., the total bilirubin 3.6 mg.
(the direct 2.5 mg., and the indirect 1.1 mg. ), and
the total protein 4.7 gm. (the albumin 2.4 gm., and
the globulin 2.3 gm.) per 100 ml. The alkaline phos-
phatase was 11.1 Bodansky units, the thymol turbidity
20 units, and the transaminase 250 units; the cephalin
flocculation was ++++ in forty-eight hours. The
sodium was 134 milliequiv., the potassium 3.6 milli-
equiv., the chloride 99 milliequiv., and the carbon
dioxide 33 milliequiv. per liter. A Hinton test was
negative. A stool specimen gave a++++ guaiac
test. X-ray films of the chest demonstrated pleural
thickening and blunting of the costophrenic angle on
the right side, with retraction of the upper trachea
to the right. A film of the abdomen showed a gen-
eralized increase in density and a calcified mesenteric
lymph node; the liver shadow appeared large. An
upper gastrointestinal series (Fig. 1) revealed an ulcer
crater, 2 by 3 cm., on the lesser curvature of the
stomach just below the fundus.
Nasogastric intubation yielded dark-brown fluid
that intermittently gave a positive guaiac test and con-
tained free acid; a cytologic examination for malignant
cells was unsatisfactory. Black and bloody stools were
FIGURE 1. Fluoroscopic Spot Filrn of the Gastric Ulcer, De-
fining Mucosal Folds Radiating from the Edge of the Crater.
passed for several days, during which the patient re-
mained drowsy, with slurred speech, and the liver
flap increased. The icterus remained unchanged, and
the total bilirubin on the seventh hospital day was
4.5 mg. per 100 ml. On the next day, after
multiple transfusions of blood, the hemoglobin was
11 gm. per 100 ml. An abdominal paracentesis yielded
3000 ml. of serous, yellow fluid; a culture and cyto-
logic examination for malignant cells were negative.
Neomycin was given orally. On the tenth hospital
day the patient became more alert and began to take
food by mouth. Subsequently, the ascitic fluid and
peripheral edema gradually reappeared, and she was
given spironolactone and mercurial diuretics. Begin-
ning on the twenty-fourth hospital day she became
progressively less responsive. The blood pressure fell
to 80 systolic; the hematocrit was 28 per cent. Further
transfusions of blood were given. She died on the
twenty-sixth hospital day.
DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOSIS
DR. BRIANT L. DECKER*: Ten years before her
final hospital admission this patient had pulmonary
tuberculosis, for which she was treated with antibiotics
and pneumothorax. Nine years later she apparently
had a recurrence and received isoniazid (INH) and
para-aminosalicylic acid (PAS) until the time of
admission. Six weeks before entry she began to have
epigastric pain and anorexia, and four weeks later
weight loss, jaundice, ascites and edema occurred.
The episode that brought her into the hospital was
an upper gastrointestinal hemorrhage twelve hours
before admission, and she died with liver failure and
hemorrhage.
May we see the x-ray films now, Dr. Weber?
DR. ALFRED L. WEBER: The films of the chest
demonstrate displacement of the trachea to the right,
as described, and also displacement of the esophagus,
heart and mediastinal structures into the right chest
cavity. A homogeneous density along the lateral
chest wall obscures the right costophrenic angle. This
density could be the result of fluid or pleural adhe-
sions. The right leaf of the diaphragm is not well
outlined. There are increased markings in the right-
lower-lung field and possibly also in the right-upper-
lung field that might represent fibrosis.
The films from the gastrointestinal series (Fig. 1)
show a large ulcer, approximately 2 by 3 cm., at the
lesser curvature of the stomach. The margin of the
lesser curvature near the ulcer crater is fairly sharply
defined, and mucosal folds radiating from the ulcer
crater are visible. The mucosa adjacent to the ulcer
appears thickened. I see no positive radiologic evi-
dence of a tumor near the ulcer crater. The distal
portion of the stomach, the duodenal cap and loop
and the visttalized segments of the small bowel appear
"Associate physician, Massachusetts General Hospital; instructor in
medicine, Harvard Medical School.
I
1t

1258 THE NEW ENGLAND JOURNAL OF MEDICINE June 15, 1961
nornlal. The fundus is not well seen, but I have the is usually about 3.7 gm., whereas in cirrhosis
the
impression that the mucosal folds are thickened. The average is about 1.2 gm. per 100 ml., and the
specific
lower esophagus is not adequately demonstrated, burt gravity is generally a little higher in the
former.
the fluoroscopist reported no evidence of varices. The Could this patient have had amyloidosis
secondary
film of the abdomen suggests enlargement of the liver. to tuberculosis? Against that diagnosis is
the absence
A calcified lymph node is evident in the left flank. of evidence of renal involvement. Although the
liver
DR. DECI:ER: Do you see any evidence of calcifica- may be very large in patients with amyloidosis,
the
tion in relation to the pericardium? course is more prolonged, and there is little derange-
DR. WEBER: No. ment of hepatocellular function. It also seems un-
DR. DECr;FR: The symptoms, physical findings and likely that a tumor was the cause of this woman's
laboratory tests in this case all pointto an apparently illness. The character of the ascitic
fluid was not that
rapidly developing cirrhosis with hepatocellular dis- found with peritoneal metastases, and the
cytologic
ease. I say "apparently" because the patient may examination was negative. The gastric ulcer might
have had cirrhosis at the time of the right-sided have been cancerous, but that diagnosis seems im-
pleural effusion a year before admission. Of course, probable in the presence of free hydrochloric
acid.
the right-sided pleural effusion may have been a Furthermore, metastases to the liver would probably
manifestation of an unrecognized ascites, but the not produce such severe parenchymatous
involvement.
prolonged pneumothorax therapy is probably a better The question of thrombosis of the hepatic veins
explanation. Tests done in an attempt to determine comes up, and I don't know how to rule it out
com-
tuberculous activity at that time were negative, but pletely. That condition could have contributed
to
h ' d'ffi 1 b h 1
d
i
p
no mention is made of results of culture or guinea-g
inoculation of the pleural fluid. It was apparently
assumed that she had recurrent tuberculosis since
treatment with INH and PAS was begun. Although
PAS frequently causes marked gastric symptoms, I
could find no evidence in the literature that it has
ever produced peptic ulceration, nor could my pul-
monary consultant recall such a case. However, in
a recent study made by the United States Public
Health Servicel hepatitis developed in 2 of 1400 pa-
tients receiving INH and PAS. In that series and also
in a co-operative study of patients receiving PAS and
INH by the United States Veterans Administration
and the Armed Forces,2 1 patient in each group died
as a result of toxic hepatitis and acute yellow atrophy.
There were no liver complications in the patients
receiving INH alone, and the patient who recovered
from hepatitis after discontinuation of INH and PAS
was subsequently given INH without ill-effect. How-
ever, it is known that large doses of INH have
damaged the liver in laboratory animals.
I doubt that tuberculosis could have been respon-
sible for the whole picture in this case. Although
there was a calcified mesenteric lymph node, the
character of the ascitic fluid and the evidence of
severe hepatocellular disease were not consistent with
tuberculous peritonitis. Constrictive pericarditis sec-
ondary to tuberculosis could produce this effect, but
there were no symptoms of heart failure, and dilated
cervical veins, a gallop rhythm or a paradoxical pulse
is not mentioned. The evidence of severe parenchy-
mal liver disease is also against that possibility, and
the development of cirrhosis secondary to constrictive
pericarditis or heart failure is more insidious than it
was in this case. It would be helpful to have a more
precise description of the ascitic fluid because in con-
gestive heart failure, constrictive pericarditis and
thrombosis of hepatic veins the protein concentration
t e patlent s I cu ty, ut t e apparent y rapl
de-
velopment of the parenchymatous disease makes it
unlikely. Thrombosis of the hepatic veins most fre-
quently occurs in conjunction with suppurative ab-
dominal infections, cancer or cirrhosis. I found one
report3 of thrombosis of hepatic veins in a patient
with chronic ulcerative pulmonary tuberculosis. In
the acute form of the disease the course may be
brief, with the rapid development of abdominal pain,
ascites, vomiting and shock. The chronic form may
have a course of months or years, with death eventu-
ally due to hepatic failure.
The most likely explanation of this patient's illness
is cirrhosis of the liver, either the so-called florid form
of the Laennec type or the postnecrotic type, both
of which are characterized by a rapid downhill course.
The absence of a history of alcoholism favors the
latter. A peptic ulcer is a fairly frequent accompani-
ment of either type and has been reported in from 5
to 19 per cent of patients with cirrhosis.' The low
prothrombin content, the low serum albumin, the
moderate rise in the alkaline phosphatase, the
+++-I- cephalin flocculation and the elevated trans-
aminase in this case are consistent with either type of
cirrhosis, but the considerably elevated thymol tur-
bidity of 20 units is perhaps more typical of post-
necrotic than of portal cirrhosis. In my opinion, this
patient died in hepatic coma, with hemorrhage from
a gastric ulcer. I shall say that the liver disease was
a rapidly developing cirrhosis, probably the postne-
crotic type and perhaps precipitated by drug toxicity.
She also had pulmonary tuberculosis of questionable
activity.
DR. HELN;N S. PITrMArr : Do we have more infonna-
tion about how much PAS and INH this woman had
received?
DR. DAVID PAINE: During the year spent at the
Middlesex County Sanatorium ten years ago she re-

a
Vol. 264 No. 24 CASE RECORDS OF THE MASSACHUSETTS GENERAL IIOSPITAI.
ceived streptomycin daily for forty-two days, but no
PAS or INH. Her second admission there, nine years
later, was for only twenty-five days. At that time
PAS, 10 gm. daily, and INH, 300 mg. a day, were
started.
DR. KURT J. ISSELBACHER: PAS and INH have
been studied separately as far as their toxicity is con-
cerned, and although a cholestatic type of jaundice is
said to occur occasionally with PAS therapy,5 in most
of the reported cases with liver damage, there was
evidence of hepatocellular damage and necrosise7 and
not just cholestasis. The patients in whom jaundice
develops in association with PAS treatment usually
have manifestations of hypersensitivity antedating the
appearance of the jaundice, whereas this patient
apparently had no hypersensitivity phenomena. There
are numerous reports of toxic hepatitis following INH
treatment, and the changes in the liver were compa-
rable to those seen in viral hepatitis and to the lesions
that result from iproniazid (Marsalid) treatment." Re-
garding the present case, there is a recent reports of
a patient in whom hepatic damage developed during
PAS and INH therapy, and in that case the hepatic
necrosis progressed to postnecrotic cirrhosis, with
death due to bleeding esophageal varices. The
present case may be another example of subacute or
chronic liver disease subsequent to acute liver damage.
I suspect that there was a significant degree of hepato-
cellular necrosis and inflammation, with perhaps mini-
mal fibrosis. I might point out that I do not share
Dr. Decker's confidence that we can distinguish
postnecrotic from Laennec's cirrhosis by means of
liver-function tests.
DR. PITrMAN : Does the concurrent administration
of pyridoxine with INH have any effect on its liver
toxicity?
DR. ISSELBACHER: Not to my knowledge.
DR. WARREN POINT: Dr. Decker and Dr. Issel-
bacher have brought up several interesting points,
one of which is the question of acute versus chronic
liver disease. In this case I would lean toward chronic
liver disease decompensated by a bleeding gastric ulcer
in a patient who may have had the disease for longer
than we realize, as Dr. Decker intimated, although I
wouldn't go so far as to say that the pleural effusion
was on that basis. My reason for favoring chronic
liver disease is the fact that abdominal fluid and ankle
edema did develop along with the jaundice, whereas
in a patient with acute hepatitis jaundice and the
signs of liver failure usually appear before the develop-
ment of edema and ascites.
I don't know how to settle the problem of
whether this was a drug-induced disease or another
kind of chronic liver disease because, as Dr. Issel-
bacher stated, toxicity due to INH in most cases
results in acute hepatitis, although one wonders how
often chronic liver disease is brought about by various
drugs. We really don't know the natural history of
these drug intoxications. My final comment about
the question of drug toxicity is that I suspect that
postnecrotic cirrhosis was found, and that the pathol-
ogist was unable to ascertain the etiology of the lix rr
disease.
Regarding the third question of the nature of the
ulcer, I agree with Dr. Decker's premise of a benign
gastric ulcer decompensated by events and by medi-
cation, with hemorrhage leading to liver failure and
eventually to death. I might add that the abdominal
tap afforded an opportunity to find out if the spleen
or the liver was enlarged by palpation, and there is
no mention of such an examination. That informa-
tion would certainly help in deciding whether the
patient had chronic or acute liver disease and its
structural status.
DR. ISSELBACHER: The minimal elevation of the
bilirubin also supports your reasoning. I would expect
the bilirubin to have been higher if the sole finding
was an acute, fulminant, toxic hepatitis.
DR. KENNETH T. BIRD: Dr. Paine' reported the 1
fatal case of hepatic necrosis associated with PAS
therapy that we have seen at the Middlesex County
Sanatorium. In that patient manifestations of hyper-
sensitivity developed within three weeks after PAS
therapy was started. Unfortunately, an additional
dose of PAS was given six days later, while the patient
was still in the throes of a moderately severe hyper-
sensitivity reaction, and massive acute hepatic necrosis
ensued, leading to death. Post-mortem examination
showed a fairly severe, diffuse, patchy necrosis involv-
ing about three fifths of the liver. When hepatitis
develops in a patient receiving PAS one should in-
stinctively think of a hypersensitivity reaction to the
drug, but in our experience the reaction almost in-
variably has occurred within a maximum of eight
weeks after the institution of the therapy. Dermal hy-
persensitivity has appeared after many months of PAS
therapy, but it apparently is the only type of hypersen-
sitivity phenomenon with such a delayed onset. The
iatrogenic diseases caused by PAS are multiple and
basically are toxic or allergic in nature. If this is a
case of toxic hepatitis due to PAS therapy, it will be
unique in our experience since the patient had received
PAS for many months with no hypersensitivity phe-
nomena preceding the development of jaundice.
DR. BENJAMIN CASTLEMAN: What about the ulcer?
DR. BIRD: People with tuberculosis frequently have
other associated diseases, including peptic ulcer. We
have not seen a case in which PAS precipitated an
ulcer. The patients in whom a peptic ulcer developed
during PAS therapy usually have had a suggestive
history or a previously delnonstrable ulcer. It is note-
worthy, however, that the PAS solution is fairly acidic.
An interesting sidelight is that when aluminum hy-
droxide antacids are given to a person on PAS therapy
in an attempt to control irritative gastrointestinal
symptoms, which occur in about 5 per cent of the
Ili

1260 THE NEW ENGLAND JOURNAL OF MEDICINE
cases, the combination of the aluminum compound
with PAS forms an insoluble complex, with a
secondary decrease in the blood level of PAS. How-
ever, I don't believe that PAS has ever been the cause
of a peptic ulcer, nor do I know of any evidence to
incriminate INH.
CLINICAL DIAGNOSES
Liver impairment, unknown origin.
Gastric ulcer, ? carcinoma.
Pulmonary tuberculosis.
DR. BRIANT L. DECKER'S DIAGNOSES
Cirrhosis, probably postnecrotic type, ? precipitated
by drug toxicity.
Hepatic coma.
Gastric ulcer, with hemorrhage.
Pulmonary tuberculosis.
PATHOLOGICAL DISCUSSION
DR. CASTLEMAN : The autopsy showed that this
patient did have active tuberculosis in the right lung,
with many caseous nodules and tuberculous granula-
tion tissue, and sections stained for tubercle bacilli
were positive. There was a large, benign ulcer with
many bleeding points in its base that had perforated a
few days before death (Fig. 2).
The liver was reduced to half the normal size,
weighing a little over 600 gm. There were large,
depressed, apparent scars producing lobules, giving
the impression of the hepar lobatum of syphilis (Fig.
3). Grossly, a postnecrotic or toxic cirrhosis was cer-
tainly suggested. On section, two types of tissue were
evident: fairly uniform areas with some very ill
defined septa; and gray areas, comprising more than
half the liver. A closer scrutiny of the gray areas
showed whitish-yellow nodules of regeneration. Micro-
scopically, in the areas of apparent scarring we found
no liver cells, but only the bile ducts, with intervening
hemorrhage (Fig. 4 and 5). The liver parenchyma
of each of the lobules that had a bile duct had disap-
peared. Connective-tissue stains confirmed the fact that
there was no scarring whatsoever. Stains for reticulum
fibers (Fig. 6) revealed the collapsed framework of the
liver lobules from which the cells had "fallen out," in
contrast to the normal reticulum pattern of the liver
lobules containing viable cells. When the liver cell
becomes necrotic and disappears, the two reticulum
fibers on each side of it collapse, leaving merely the
remnant of the reticulum framework. Therefore, this
patient had subacute atrophy of the liver, which would
eventually have become a postnecrotic cirrhosis. It
wasn't yet a true cirrhosis because there was no scar-
ring. I suppose that this could be called subacute
hepatic necrosis and atrophy. The question whether
it was related to the drug therapy must be left open.
The process probably had a duration of no more than
June 15, 1961
FIGURE 2. Large Gastric Ulcer.
Note the perforation and openings of eroded vessels in its
base.
~EW~~~1/H~/1~1/~1111/lUI~I IIIIII~U/IMII/UII{Hlllitllll /~ Illllllt/~ll
FIGURE 3. Small, Multinodular Liver Weighing 600 Gm.
three months. Acute infectious hepatitis could pro-
duce the same picture ; the patient had received no
transfusions or injections. In the absence of any other
factor we probably should implicate the drug therapy
as at least a partially responsible agent.
DR. ISSELBACHER: How much inflammation was
present in the liver?
DR. CASTLEMAN: It was still active, but not acute.
I

Vol. 264 No. 24 CASE RECORDS OF THE MASSACHUSETTS GENERAL HOSPITAL
FIGURE 4. Bands of Collapsed Parenchyma in Which Re-
maining Bile Ducts Are Present (X30).
1261
FIGURE 6. Collapsed Reticulum Fibers in the Atrophic Part
of the Liver (Above), in Contrast to the Reticulum Pattern
of the Normal Liver Cells (Below) (X90).
DR. HARRIET L. HARDY: If that is true, what was
the cause of death?
DR. CASTLEMAN : Peritonitis as a result of the per-
forated ulcer.
DR. HARDY: Not liver failure?
DR. CASTLEMAN : The patient had liver failure, and
I am sure that it was an aggravating factor.
A PHYSICIAN :Were there any varices?
DR. CASTLEMAN : No.
DR. ISSELBACEIER: The question has been raised
in the past whether such a patient has hepatitis of
the viral or the toxic type or whether INH might have
activated a latent viral hepatitis. However, in ex-
perimental studies in animals INH does not seem to
be a factor in causing viral hepatitis.s
ANATOMICAL DIAGNOSES
FIGURE 5. Broad Area of Collapsed Parenchyma, Showing
Bile Ducts and Hemorrhage (X35).
Subacute hefiatic necrosis and atrophy, ? due to
para-amiuosalicylic acid or isoniazid.
Acute gastric ulcer, with hemorrhage and perfora-
tion.
Acute peritonitis.
Pulmonary tubtrculosis, active, right.

1262
THE NEW ENGLAND JOURNAL OF MEDICINE June 15, 1961
REFERENCES
I. Curtis, H., ct al. Sequential use of paired combinations of isoniazid,
streptomycin, para-aminosalicylic acid and pyrazinamide: United
States Public Health Service Tuberculosis Therapy Trial. Am. Rev.
Resp. Dis. 80:627-640, 1959.
2. Storey, P. B. Comparison of isoniazid-cycloserine with isoniazid-PAS
in therapy of cavitary pulmonary tuberculosis. X. Report of
Veterans Administration-Armed Forces cooperative study. Am.
Rev. Resp. Dis. 81:868-880. 1960.
3. Kelsey, M. P., and Comfort, M. IV. Occlusion of hepatic veins:
review of 20 cases. Arch. Int. Med. 75:175-183, 1945.
4. Clarke. J. S. Influence of liver upon gastric secretion. Am. J.
Mcd. 29:740-747, 1960.
5. Popper, H., and Schaffner, F. Drug-induced hepatic injury. Ann.
Int. afed. 51:1230-1252. 1959.
6. Bellamy, w. E., Jr., Mauck. H. P., Jr.. Hennigar, G. R., and
wigod, M. Jaundice associated with administration of sodium
p-ammosalicylic acid: review of literature and report of case.
Ann. 1 nt. .{fed. 44: 7G4-772, 1956.
7. Alt, 1V. J.. and Spengler, J. R. Secere systemic reactions to para-
aminosalicylic acid: case report and review of literature.
Ann, 1nt. Med. 45:5-11-547, 1956.
8. lferritt. A. D., and Fetter, B. F. Toxic hepatic necrosis (hepatitis)
due to isoniazid: report of case with cirrhosis and death due to
hemorrhage from esophageal varices. Ann. Int. Med. 50:804-810.
1959.
9. Paine, D. Fatal hepatic necrosis associated with aminosalicylic acid:
revie.+ of literature and report of case. J.A..11.:L 167:285-289. 1958.
CASE 43-1961
PRESEtiT ATION OF CASE
A forty-nine-year-old printing press operator was
admitted to the hospital because of vomiting and
hiccuping.
During the six months before entry progressive
weakness, loss of weight and increase in abdominal
girth occurred. Two weeks before admission the
patient experienced the sudden onset of postprandial
vomiting, pain in the lower portion of the abdomen
and back, fever and increased thirst. The symptoms
continued for two days and recurred after a two-day
remission, persisting until the day of entry. Eight days
before admission the temperature was 103°F.; the
urine gave a++++ test for protein, and the sedi-
ment contained numerous white cells. Chlorampheni-
col and promazine afforded no improvement, and he
was conFned to bed during the following week because
of ~veakness. Four days before entry persistent hiccup-
ing began, with no relief with atropine. There was
no history of constipation, diarrhea or abdominal
surgery. His dietary habits had been poor, with heavy
ingestion of alcohol, for thirty years.
Physical examination revealed a well nourished man
in no distress. Scattered, coarse rhonchi were audible
throughout the chest and were most prevalent at the
lung bases. The heart was normal. The abdomen
was tense and protuberant, with a large, nontender
mass filling the entire left half. The mass did not
tnove with respiration; one observer thought it could
be indented slightly and interpreted it as cystic; no
Ilttid wave was elicited. On percussion the entire left
side of the abdomen was dull, and the bowel sounds
Nvere depressed throughout. There was no guarding
or rebound tenderness. One examiner reported that
the liver edge was sharp, nontender and palpable 3
cm. below the ri;ht costal margin; others could not
palpate any oll-ans.
"1'he telnperature was 101°F., the pulse 120, and the
respirations 20. The blood pressure %vas 120 systolic,
80 diastolic.
The urine gave a + test for protein; the sediment
contained 6 white cells and a rare red cell per high-
power field; a culture was negative. Examination of
the blood revealed a hemoglobin of 11.9 gm. per 100
ml., a hematocrit of 35 per cent and a white-cell
count of 17,600, with 65 per cent neutrophils, 10 per
cent band forms, 20 per cent lymphocytes and
5 per cent monocytes. The fasting glucose was 117
mg., the urea nitrogen 16 mg., the bilirubin 0.7 mg.,
and the total protein 6.2 gm. (the albumin 3.6 gm.,
and the globulin 2.6 gm. ) per 100 ml. The sodium
was 132 milliequiv., the potassium 5.2 milliequiv., the
chloride 85 milliequiv., and the carbon dioxide 33
milliequiv. per liter. The prothrombin content was
70 per cent. The amylase was 14 Russell units, the
transaminase 130 units, and the alkaline phosphatase
7.5 Bodansky units. The cephalin flocculation was
negative in forty-eight hours; a bromsulfalein test
showed 30 per cent retention in forty-five minutes.
Tests for febrile agglutinins were negative; a sputum
culture grew out moderate pneumococci; a tuberculin
skin test (first-strength PPD) was negative. A stool
specimen gave a negative guaiac test, and a culture
was negative. An electrocardiogram showed sinus
tachvcardia at a rate of 125, but was otherwise nor-
mal. The x-ray film of the chest was normal. Diffuse
haziness on the film of the abdomen obscured all
visceral detail. The barium-enema examination (Fig.
1) denlonstrated a huge abdominal mass that dis-
-.~
FtGURE 1. Film from the Barium-Enema Examination, De-
fining U/ueard Displacement of the Transverse Colon and
Lateral Displacement of the Descending Colon-

Vol. 264 No. 24
CASE RECORDS OF THE MASSACHUSETTS GENERAL HOSPITAL 1263
FIGURE 2. Intravenous Pyelogram, Showing Delayed Excre-
tion from the Hydronephrotic Left Kidney.
placed the transverse colon upward and the descend-
ing colon laterally; in some areas the lumen of the
colon was compressed to 0.5 cm. in diameter; the
colon was intrinsically normal. The intravenous pyelo-
graphic study (Fig. 2) demonstrated upward displace-
ment of the stomach; there was delayed excretion
of contrast material on the left side, with a markedly
dilated collecting system and a sharp cutoff just distal
to the ureteropelvic junction; the remainder of the left
ureter was not visualized; on the right side the upper
collecting system appeared normal, and the ureter
was slightly displaced laterally.
Despite streptomycin and sulfathalidine, daily ele-
vations of the temperature to between 101 and 103°F.
continued. A sigmoidoscopic examination was nega-
tive. On the fourth hospital day the white-cell count
was 29,400. The abdominal mass increased in size
and became better delineated. The hiccuping subsided
spontaneously. After one transfusion of blood the
hematocrit rose to 41 per cent. A bone-marrow
aspirate showed a very cellular marrow, with marked
myeloid predominance; no malignant cells were seen.
An operation was performed on the twelfth hospital
d ay.
DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOSIS
DR. CHARLES G. MIXTER, JR.*: This forty-nine-
year-old patient had a debilitating disease of at least
six months' duration, culminating in a two-week
febrile period associated with nausea and vomiting.
'Assistant in surgery, Massachusetts General Hospital; instructor in
surgery, Harvard Medical School.
The striking physical finding was a huge left-sided
abdominal mass. The laboratory data were consistent
with prolonged ~-omiting. There was moderate hepatic
dysfunction, but it probably had no relation to the
large mass, which was the paramount problem. The
elevation of the transaminase may have reflected the
hepatic disturbance or some tissue breakdown. The
fever and the elevated white-cell count were probably
either the direct result of the mass because of inflam-
Ination or tissue breakdown or due to infection in the
blocked kidney, since a large number of white cells
were present in the urine on one occasion. I attribute
the nausea and vomiting to pressure of the mass on the
relatively fixed portion of the duodenum or jejunum
in the region of the ligament of Treitz.
I hope to gain more information from the x-ray
films.
DR. Louis «'ENER: On the film of the abdomen
a diffuse haze obscures most of the detail, and the
organ outlines on the left side cannot be delineated.
The barium-enema examination (Fig. 1) demonstrates
displacement of the colon upward and laterally by a
soft-tissue density in the left upper quadrant of the
abdomen. An intravenous pyelogram (Fig. 2) reveals
fairly normal function of the right kidney and mild
displacement to the right of the ureter at the level of
the third and fourth lumbar vertebras; the left kidney
shows slow function, and the calyxes are moderately
dilated on the five-minute film. On subsequent films
the entire collecting system on the left side is tre-
mendously enlarged, with a sharp cutoff immediately
below the ureteropelvic junction and no demonstra-
tion of the ureter below that point. A lateral film
(Fig. 3) taken at that time, however, shows a large
left kidney in the retroperitoneal space, with the left
ureter displaced forward, but only slightly.
DR. MIxTER : Can you detect any calcium in the
mass?
DR. WENER: No.
DR. MIxTER: On the basis of the x-ray films I can
eliminate from consideration at least three organs, the
liver, the stomach and the spleen, all of which should
depress rather than elevate the colon if involved by
tumor. A large intra-abdominal mass of this type is
unusual in a male. If it is seen in a female, of course,
a number of conditions connected with the pelvic or-
gans come to mind.
An intra-abdominal process seems less likely than
a retroperitoneal lesion in view of the displacement of
the left ureter on the x-ray films. However, among the
intra-abdominal processes that one might think of,
the foremost is an inflammatory lesion such as diver-
ticulitis and possibly regional enteritis, with abscess
formation. Such abscesses often develop slowly, can
reach a huge size and may show no connection with
the bowel on x-ray films, but the long history in this
case rules out that possibility. Mesenteric and dermoid
cysts arise in the abdomen, although they are usually

1264
THE NEW ENGLAND JOURNAL OF MEDICINE June 15, 1961
FIGURE 3. Lateral Film from the Intravenous Pyelographic
Study, Showing Only Slight Forward Displacement of the
Left Ureter (Arrow).
more movable than the mass in this patient. Such a
cyst may become very large, but I doubt if it would
displace the ureter this much. Distortion of both the
transverse and descending colon in this manner could
be caused by such a cyst, but I prefer to go on to
other diagnoses. An echinococcal cyst can be dis-
missed since there is no statement that the patient
had been in an area where that disease is endemic.
One condition that should be mentioned, although an
infrequent occurrence in this age group, is a duplica-
tion of the bowel, which can assume huge propor-
tions. An interesting feature of that situation is the
fact that the normal bowel may be stretched out over
the duplicated segment in such a way that it appears
:narrow on the x-ray films, as in this case. Another
'intra-abdominal process that could attain this size is
' a pseudomyxoma peritonaei.
~ It seems more likely that the lesion in this patient
,'was in the retroperitoneal space, tilting the kidney
and spreading out the ureters in the manner shown
on the x-ray films. I believe that we can rule out an
aneurysm because no mention is made of pulsations
in the mass, and the course was too long for a rup-
tured aneurysm. An inflammatory process can be dis-
carded because no primary source is suggested, and
the mass was not tender. It wasn't in the location
where one would expect to find a perinephric abscess.
A cold abscess could occur in this area, but I do not
recall ever having seen one of this size, and the nega-
tive tuberculin test is against that diagnosis. It is not
often recalled, but pancreatic tumors, particularly if
in the tail, occasionally burrow under the mesocolon
and present in the lower abdomen, pushing the trans-
verse colon upward, although they usually push it
downward and anteriorly. For this reason a pancre-
atic cyst might be considered, but it seems unlikely
in the absence of a history of pancreatitis or of trauma.
A papillary cystadenoma of the pancreas is an unusual
tumor of a cystic nature that does reach a large size
and should be mentioned in passing.
True retroperitoneal tumors, which assume many
forms, are generally believed to arise from the urogen-
ital tract. I shall confine my attention to the more
common ones. Cysts of various types are frequently
seen in the retroperitoneum, but the long story and the
debilitating course militate against that possibility in
this case. I believe that the process was a retro-
peritoneal tumor, but can only hazard a guess as to
the type. In order of statistical frequency, one would
list lymphoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, lipoma or liposar-
coma, and finally teratoma. My diagnosis in this case
is not very firm, I admit, but I think that the patient
had a lymphoma of the retroperitoneal space, prob-
ably with hemorrhage and necrosis within it resulting
in the increase in size and the elevated temperature.
DR. JACK R. DREYFUSS: Dr. Wener, on the basis
of the x-ray films, particularly the lateral film, can
you make a statement about whether the lesion was
retroperitoneal or intra-abdominal in position?
DR. WENER: Several factors on the films suggest
that it was within the peritoneal cavity, one of which
is the very faint delineation of the left psoas shadow.
Secondly, if it was a retroperitoneal tumor the left
ureter should be displaced far anteriorly rather than
lying in a relatively normal position, as seen on the
lateral projection. The position of the ureter suggests
that the mass was located anteriorly and not pos-
teriorly.
CLINICAL DIAGNOSIS
Retroperitoneal tumor, probably liposarcoma.
DR. CHARLES G. MIxTER, ,jR.'S, DIAGNOSIS
0
co
W
Lymphoma, retroperitoneal space, with hemorrhage ~
and necrosis.
a
L.

Vol. 264 No. 24 CASE RECORDS OF
PATHOLOGICAL DISCUSSION
THE MASSACHUSETTS GENERAL HOSPITAL 1265
DR. RICHARD B. COHEN: Dr. Glotzer, will you
describe the course of this patient?
DR. DONALD J. GLOTZER: Our preoperative diag-
nosis was a retroperitoneal tumor, probably a liposar-
coma, and we believed that the fever was due to
necrosis within it. I must admit that we were dis-
quieted by the position of the left kidney and upper
ureter, but the radiologists whom we consulted did not
seem to consider that finding a decisive factor for or
against a retroperitoneal location.
At exploration we encountered a large mass occupy-
ing the entire left side of the abdomen, pushing the
descending colon forward and splaying out its mesen-
tery. The mass was fixed, but it felt somewhat cystic.
There appeared to be a cleavage plane between the
colon with its mesentery and the mass, and we chose
to separate them, reasoning that even if the process
was malignant removal of the colon would not effect
a cure. As we were debating whether to aspirate the
mass because of its cystic consistency, we inadvertently
entered it. It contained a large amount of purulent
material with an odor suggestive of coliform organ-
isms, although a gram stain at the time did not
show any organisms. We submitted a piece of the cyst
wall to the pathologist for frozen-section examination,
which revealed no evidence of neoplasia and no spe-
cific type of lining. Therefore, our working diagnosis
was an infected cyst. We excised the mass, which
extended up to the left kidney and renal artery
and over the aorta and iliac vessels. It was not ad-
herent to the pancreas or the kidney. The hydrone-
phrotic left kidney was not removed since we have
seen return of excellent function in such kidneys once
the obstruction has been relieved.
DR. DREYFUSS: Actually, Dr. Glotzer, the radiol-
ogist who originally interpreted these films thought
that the mass was probably retroperitoneal despite the
fact that the left ureter was only slightly forward of
its normal position. However, I think that the very
lack of marked forward displacement of the left
ureter is significant and rules against a retroperitoneal
mass.
DR. CLAUDE E. WELCH : We debated between the
two probable diagnoses - a retroperitoneal sarcoma
and a mesenteric cyst. Perhaps because of the x-ray
report we decided on a retroperitoneal sarcoma, but
none of us had seen a mesenteric cyst that had become
this large and infected.
DR. COHEN : Couldn't a large mesenteric cyst bulge
both anteriorly and posteriorly and perhaps affect the
kidney?
DR. DREYFUSS: It certainly could.
DR. COHEN: Most of the pertinent findings in this
case have been presented by Dr. Glotzer, who found
the very large cyst at operation and was able to view
it intact. We received the collapsed cyst, which was
an unimpressive mass of fibrous tissue comprising its
wall. It was acutely inflamed, with no specific identi-
fiable characteristics. There was no sign of neoplasia,
and it is probable that it was a mesenteric cyst. Mesen-
teric cysts are grouped into three categories: the neo-
plastic, which rarely attain such size; the congenital;
and the infectious. The congenital cysts are perhaps
the most interesting. They derive from chylous
lymphatic elements or from sequestered embryonic
intestinal remnants, perhaps of a diverticulum that has
been sequestered during the development of the gut.
When they reach this size the lining has usually been
destroyed by infection and compression, and it is dif-
ficult to assign an etiology. Occasionally, there is a
small connection between the cyst and the bowel.
ANATOMICAL DIAGNOSIS
Mesenteric cyst, infected.
~
~

1266 THE NEW ENGLAND JOURNAL OF MEDICINE June 15, 1961
The New England
Journal of Medicine
Official Organ of
THE MASSACHUSETTS MEDICAL SOCIETY
OWNED BY THE SOCIETY AND
PUBLISHED WEEKLY UNDER THE JURISDICTION OF THE
COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATIONS
Richard M. Smith, M.D., Chairman
James M. Faulkner, M.D. Joseph M. Hayman, Jr., M.D.
Lawrence R. Dame, M.D. Lamar Soutter, M.D.
Joseph Garland, M.D., EDITOR
Assocta7e EDITORS
Joseph Stokes III, M.D. Robert J. Haggerty, M.D.
Robert O'Leary, ASSISTANT EntroR
Milton C. Paige, Jr., BUSINESS MANAOPR
EDITORIAL BOARD
Henry R. Viets, M.D. Vernon P. Williams, M.D.
Thomas H. Lanman, M.D. Benjamin Castleman, M.D.
Donald Munro, M.D. Robert W. Buck, M.D.
Dwight O'Hara, M.D. Herrman L. Blumgart, M.D.
Fletcher H. Colby, M.D. Frank N. Allan, M.D.
Robert L. Goodale, M.D. Langdon Parsons, M.D.
Chester M. Jones, M.D. Mark Aisner, M.D.
Harvey R. Morrison, M.D. Dale G. Friend, M.D.
Maxwell Finland, M.D. Richard Warren, M.D.
THE GREAT DEBATE
IN Novenyber, 1960, Drs. Ernest L. Wynder and
Clarence C. Little appeared before the New England
States Chapter of the American College of Chest
Physicians, assembled in Boston, to present their sepa-
rate and opposing views on the cigarette smoking-lung
cancer issue. As is generally known Dr. Wynder, of
the Sloan-Kettering Institute, is making a career of
cancer and its causes and has become a dominant
figure in the crusade against immoderate cigarette
smoking. Clarence Little, a doctor of science, director
emeritus of the Jackson Memorial Laboratory in Bar
Harbor, Maine, is scientific director of the Tobacco
Industry Research Committee and devotes his highly
developed talents to a defense of what many cherish
as man's second or perhaps third best friend.
The addresses that were delivered before the
thoracologists are published as speciall articles in this
issue of the Journal and may be read seriatim, if not
simultaneously. Both authors are dedicated, sincere
proponents of their points of view, each upholding
what he believes to be the truth and nothing but the
truth, each ready to admit that the whole truth has
.
.
,
.
not yet been revealed to aspiring man.
MANUSCRIPTS, including references or bibliography,
should be typewritten double spaced and submitted as origi-
nal copy. References should conform to the style of the
Index Medicus (listing name and initials of author, title of
article, journal, volume number, first and last pages and
year), and should be cited numerically in the order in which
they appear in the text; the number should be limited to the
absolute minimum. Acceptable case reports will usually be
published in the "Medical Intelligence" section of the
Journal. Such reports should include only the pertinent
details of each case and reference to articles reporting closely
related cases. A complete review of the literature is rarely
desirable. A preliminary report, a very short case report or
a description of a technic submitted for publication as a
"Brief Recording" should be limited to 1%s double-spaced
typewritten pages.
PHOTOGRAPHS must be distinct, and drawings done in
black ink on white paper and each properly labeled.
MATERIAL printed in the New England Journal of Medi-
cine is covered by copyright. Articles are accepted for con-
sideration with the understanding that they are contributed
for publication solely in this journal. The Journal does not
hold itself responsible for statements made by any con-
tributor.
MATERIAL, other than original articles, should be re-
ceived not later than noon on Thursday, three weeks before
date of publication.
COPY for advertisements is accepted by the advertising
committee of the Journal on the basis of the apparent quality
and usefulness of the product and the manner of its presen-
tation. Proprietary names of pharmaceutical products must
be accompanied by the chemical, or generic or official names,
and the quantity of all active substances must and the rec-
ommended dose should be stated. Copy should be factual,
conservative and in good taste.
ALTHOUGH all advertising material accepted is intended to
conform to ethical medical standards, acceptance does not
imply endorsement by the Journal.
SUBSCRIPTION TERMS: $8.00 per year in advance, postage aid, for
the United States (residents, interns and medical students, 5.00 per
)ear) ; Canada, $9.00 per year (Boston fundsl: foreign, $10.50 per year.
Long-term rates: United States, 2 years $15.06, 3 years $22.00; Canada,
2 years $17.00, 3 years $25.00; foreign, 2 years $20.00, 3 years $29.50.
MICROFILM volutnes available to regular subscribers through Univer-
sity Microfilms, 313 N. First Street, Ann Arbor, Michigan.
COMMUNICATIONS should be addressed to the New England Journal
oJ Medicine, 8 Fenway, Boston 15, Massachusetts. Telephone CO 6-7510.
John J
Byrne
D
M
It is especially difficult for editors, who, unlike
Pathe Weekly, see much but know little, to present a
fair appraisal of these opposing points of view. More-
over, since the editors of the Journal have on oc-
casion revealed their own suspicion that one side of
this controversy is probably the one to which to cleave,
it is perhaps not completely judicious for them to
offer any extraneous comments at this time that might
seem to favor either faction.
It is enough to say that most of the evidence is
statistical and demonstrates a close association between
heavy cigarette smoking and lung cancer. However,
it is generally believed that statistics in the hands of
a master can be made to prove almost anything. Dr.
Wynder seeks to show, not by the adroit deployment
of small clusters of statistics but by swinging the heavy
artillery into action, that a strong causal relation be-
tween cigarette smoking and bronchogenic cancer
must in fact exist. Dr. Little's strategy is based, at
least partly, on demonstrating that Dr. Wynder's
statistics are inconclusive.
Many conscientious observers believe that there are
strong indications in favor of a causal relation in the
vast majority of cases, and no acceptable evidence
that disproves it; others remain unconvinced or have
taken a determined stand behind Dr. Little. Certain
facts stand out - that the stakes are high in terms
of life and death, that smoking has been indicted as
a sometimes lethal agent and that nonsmoking is
almost certainly harmless. Each individual must
choose his own course, whether to woo the lady
nicotine or abjure the filthy weed, while the search
for truth continues.
J

Vol. 264 No. 24 EDITORIALS
URBAN HISTOPLASMOSIS
AT the time of its first description fifty-five years
ago, histoplasmosis was considered to be a rare and
highly virulent infection. As is so often true, more
sensitive diagnostic tests, in this case x-ray examina-
tion of the chest and the demonstration of delayed
hypersensitivity to histoplasmin and other immuno-
logic technics, have demonstrated over the last fifteen
years that infection with Histoplasma capsulatum is
common in highly endemic areas such as the Missis-
sippi Valley. Although it is rare in New England,
French et al.' have described histoplasmosis that was
almost certainly acquired in Vermont and far from
the broad Mississippi.
It also is evident that bird and bat droppings harbor
the fungus and promote its growth - a discovery that
has disclosed some fascinating facets to the epidemiol-
ogy of this disease. The risk of stirring up sleeping
dust in places where H. capsulatum spores abound has
been amply demonstrated, and the list of high-risk
retreats now includes bat-infested belfrys, storm cel-
lars, caves, silos, chicken coops and other closed places
frequented by birds.
Hitherto, the infective sites have been far removed
from the usual habitats of modern, urban cliff
dwellers, whose closest contact with birds is usually an
occasional pigeon in the park or a "muddy sparrow,
mean and small." However, elsewhere in this issue
of the Journal, Furcolow et al. point out that even
urbanites can no longer avoid infection in an endemic
area by letting someone else clean out the chicken
coop. The epidemic that these authors describe was
traced to an 11-acre historical park that had been
neglected and had become more attractive to
starlings than human beings. Subsequent re-explora-
tion of this wooded area by boy scouts and other ad-
venturesome groups led to a high rate of positive
histoplasmin skin tests.
With little supporting evidence and without wish-
ing to sound false alarms, the Journal would also
remind its urban readers of a possible hazard to
those who spend their summer months at the cool
end of window air conditioners whose warm end
serves as a roost for pigeons and certain other loitering
birds. That this arrangement leads to an unhealthy
exchange of ectoparasites has already been demon-
strated,2 and there is reason to believe that such
organisms as psittacosis virus and H. capsulatum could
pass through the finest of air filters and infect an un-
suspecting susceptible host on the other side. There-
fore, it seems reasonable to encourage manufacturers
to find ways of convincing pigeons that they should
look elsewhere for their roosts.
REFERENCES
1. French, E. E., Jillson, 0. F., and Crespell, L. S. Histoplasmosis in
lifelong resident of New England. New Eng. J. Med. 249:270-272,
1953.
1267
2. McGinniss. G. F. Avian-mite dermatitis. New Eng. J. Med.
261:396, 1959.
COST OF MEDICAL CARE
A BELIEF seems to be prevalent in these rousing
days of rising costs and buoyant currency that some-
how or other the care of sickness comes too high and
that the doctors, who are responsible for the care, are
also re$ponsible for the cost. In a nation that is
continuing to prosper for a while despite the increas-
ing roll of thunder on its horizons, the profession of
medicine is sharing in the prosperity, and this too
many of its fellow Americans seem unable to abide.
It is perhaps again worth noting that the Adminis-
tration's Anderson-King bill, linking eldercare to
Social Security, - anathema to the organized pro-
fession - provides only for payment of hospital and
nursing-home charges for those gentle souls who have
passed sixty-five, leaving them to settle with their
doctors according to their own devices.
The Bureau of Labor Statistics, United States De-
partment of Labor, is responsible for the following
figures indicating, if nothing else, the relative
modesty of physicians' fees:
ITEM PER CENT INCREASE
1936-1960
All Items 113.3
Hospital Rates 370.1
Men's Haircuts 276.0
Shoe Repairs 186.1
Movie Admissions 155.4
Public Transportation 146.4
Food 138.9
Laundry Services 135.3
Auto Repairs 101.8
Dentists' Fees 101.0
General Practitioners' Fees 89.9
SurQeons' Fees 74.4
REGARDING GAMMA GLOBULIN
UNDER the Massachusetts Department of Public
Health heading in this issue of the Journal, Drs. Gellis
and McComb call attention to the conflicting recom-
mendations on the dose of gamma globulin for the pre-
vention of infectious hepatitis in infants and children.
At a time when many local supplies of gamma globu-
lin have been depleted as a result of its extensive
use by physicians attending professional meetings in
Atlantic City, where infectious hepatitis is reputed
to have been transmitted by eating of raw shellfish,
this recommendation to continue using the well
established, smaller dose of 0.01 ml. per pound of
body weight is especially timely.
Following such recommendation will further extend
supplies vitally needed for modification or prevention

1268 THE NEW ENGLAND JOURNAL OF MEDICINE June 15, 1961
of measles and for the occasional susceptible patient
exposed to rubella in the first trimester of pregnancy.
It also re-emphasizes the fact that the use of gamma
globulin should be restricted to those conditions for
which it has been shown to be of benefit, and not
used indiscriminately for nonspecific or hoped-for
effects in other infections.
CORRESPONDENCE
Letters to the Editor are welcomed and will be published,
if found suitable, as space permits. Like other material sub-
mitted for publication, they should be typewritten double
spaced, should be of reasonable length and will be subject
to the usual editing.
IODIDE MUMPS
The Governor has commissioned Dr. Wm. J.
Dale, of Boston, as Surgeon-General of the
Massachusetts f orces.
Boston M. & S. J. June 20, 1861
MASSACHUSETTS DEPARTMENT
OF PUBLIC HEALTH
CONSERVATION OF GAMMA GLOBULIN
The 1961 edition of the "Red Book" of the American
Academy of Pediatrics distinguishes between the adult and
the child dose for the first time in its recommendations for
the prevention of infectious hepatitis. This amounts to
two and a half times more for adults than for children
per pound of body weight. These recommendations re-
semble those of Krugman et al. ( J.A.M.A. 174:823-830,
1960) and do not take into account ten years of satisfactory
experience and published reports by many workers using
the dosage of 0.01 ml. per pound of body weight first
advocated by Stokes et al. ten years ago. In the Krugman
trials this dose did not show the satisfactory results of
previous published reports; the lot of globulin used was not
tested at any other dosage level. When a higher dosage was
employed in the next trial, the gamma globulin used was
from a different commercial source.
We firmly believe that ten years of experience should
not be abruptly discarded on the basis of a single clinical
trial, and work now in progress shows that gamma-globulin
lots manufactured by the cold ethanol process developed
by Cohn are quite uniform in potency. It is common
knowledge that the antibodies in such material remain
stable long beyond their dating period. The Krugman lot
in question was not made by the Cohn method. To our
knowledge this is true of no other commercial source of
gamma globulin. We have had the experience of having
had a different lot number from the same source fail to
prevent or modify measles in several cases just before and
after its expiration date in 1960. For us this was an un-
usual experience, occurring seventeen years after satisfac-
tory dosages for the prevention and modification of measles
had been in effect and no thought of dosage increase was
considered.
We earnestly urge that in the face of a nation-wide
increase in cases of hepatitis, this expensive and scarce
material be used at the dosage level of 0.01 ml. per pound
of body weight for the prevention of infectious hepatitis in
both children and adults.
SYDNEY S. GELLIS, M.D.
Professor of Pediatrics and Chairman,
Department of Pediatrics
Boston University School of Medicine
Director of Pediatrics, Boston City Hospital
JAhIES A. MCCoXIB, D.V.M.
Director, Biological Laboratories
Massachusetts Department of Public Health
To the Editor: Regarding the article "Iodide `Mumps,"'
by Dr. John E. Carter in the May 11 issue of the Journal,
I can vouch for the accuracy of his observations from my
own personal recent experience.
About three months ago I underwent sialography for
chronic recurrent parotitis due to a stenosis of Stensen's duct.
About 1 ml. of an iodine-containing radiopaque medium
trickled down my throat. About twelve hours later, while
in the company of a fellow pathologist, I noticed a peculiar
sensation near my throat. On raising my hand to the area
I found that both submandibular glands were enlarged and
rather tender. They increased in size considerably over the
next two hours, and the tenderness and discomfort was acute.
I also experienced a profound feeling of malaise and lassi-
tude. At no time did the right parotid gland become enlarged
or tender, and the left parotid gland, already slightly larger
and somewhat tender from the sialadenitis, did not change
appreciably.
These symptoms abated somewhat by the following
morning, but did not really disappear for almost forty-eight
hours.
About six weeks later another sialograrn was taken. A
smaller amount of iodine-containing radiopaque medium was
used, and I should estimate that less than 0.5 ml. was in-
gested. This amount was sufficient to produce the identical
syndrome in about twelve hours, albeit to a lesser degree.
WILLIAbI B. OBER, M.D.
New York City
To the Editor: The Medical Intelligence item, "Iodide
`Mumps,"' calls attention to an unusual development after
iodide therapy, which is worth bearing in mind, in view
of the fact that iodine, in one form or another, is an im-
portant weapon in the therapeutic armamentarium.
The author pointed out that there were few, if any, other
reports of acute, painful salivary-gland swelling after injec-
tion of small amounts of iodide. So that the record may be
complete, I should like to submit a brief account of a
similar episode in an asthmatic patient described by a
Pennsylvania physician, when he requested an opinion con-
cerning the reason for "this peculiar reaction" (J.A.M.A.
147: 359, 1951). The physician wrote, "On several occasions
I have prescribed potassium iodide. Each time after about
36 hours and only after a dosage of 0.3 cc. three times a day
had been reached, his parotid and submaxillary glands would
swell and become tender. His appearance would be that
of a person with mumps. On withdrawal of the medication
this swelling would recede."
A consultant replied, "This is not in the nature of an
allergic phenomenon, but rather an exaggerated response of
the normal physiologic effect of the drug." If one accepts
the consultant's opinion the cases described by Dr. Carter
should not be labeled as iodine idiosyncrasy, assuming drug
idiosyncrasy to be an inherent qualitative abnormal response
to a drug. Nor should these cases be labeled manifestations
of "lodism," if one accepts the definition of iodism found in
Dorland's Medical Dictionary (twenty-third edition). And,
for that matter, the case reported by Waugh (author of
reference 5 in Carter's paper) as one of "severe iodism"
does not actually appear to be true iodism, judging from
Waugh's account of the case (Arch. Int. Med. 93:299-303,
1954). Might the reaction described by Dr. Carter be better
termed a case of drug "side effect" or perhaps, of drug
"intolerance"?
"Side effect" has been defined as "any undesirable, non-
toxic, non-allergic, directly-caused response," and "intoler-
ance" as " a quantitative deviation from the normal" (CP

Vol. 264 No. 24
CORRESPONDENCE 1269
13:92-98, 1956). Intolerance is considered to be a reaction
representing an accentuation of a normal pharmacologic
action of a drug.
Long Beach, California
GEORGE X. TRIMBLE, M.D.
Director of Medical Education
Memorial Hospital of Long Beach
CORTICOSTEROIDS IN ASPIRATION
PNEUMONITIS
To the Editor: In the April 6 issue of the Journal a letter
by Theodore S. Smith, M.D., comments on the lack of
mention of the use of corticosteroids in the treatment of a
fatal case of aspiration pneumonitis reported in the Novem-
ber 24, 1960, issue of the Journal. Dr. Smith gave the
impression that this form of therapy for such a complication
was first reported by Dr. R. Tovell's Hartford group in the
fall of 1960.
The letter of reply from the Committee on Maternal
Welfare quotes Dr. Chester White as stating that the use
of corticosteroids in this condition was originated by Dr.
Bannister in Dr. Tovell's Hartford group. Dr. White sug-
gested that it is experimental, and Dr. Marcus, the other
committee anesthesiologist, stated that he was unfamiliar
with this method of treatment, but if true it would be a
welcome addition.
I find these statements very surprising since I thought
that by now this was a widely used procedure, as it is in
Canada. I first used it four years ago after a discussion of
the problem with Dr. R. A. Gordon, of Toronto. In 1958
Dr. Gordon's Toronto group first presented their results with
this therapy in the Canadian Anaesthetists' Society Journal
(5:438, 1958). Many other Canadian anesthetists have used
corticosteroids in the treatment of this complication, with
uniformly successful results. Dr. Tovell's group is to be
congratulated for its work in helping to prove and popularize
the value of corticosteroids in this relation.
E. A. GAIN, M.D.
Director, Department of Anaesthesia
University Hospital
Edmonton, Alberta
FIRST DESCRIPTION
To the Editor: I hope this discussion does not go on ad
infinitum, but may I be allowed to push "A First Descrip-
tion . . . etc." back in time a bit?
The use of sperm and testes to produce antibodies, so
ably utilized recently by the late Jules Freund and his col-
leagues, has its origins in the last century. Both Land-
steiner and Metchnikoff described antibodies to sperm in
1899.
However, it remained for a pupil of Metchnikoff named
Metalnikoff to record the first "autoantibody." In a rough
translation his statement is as follows:
When one injects spermatozoa of a guinea pig under
the skin or into the peritoneum of another guinea pig,
one notices that after the first injection the serum of the
inoculated guinea pig becomes weakly toxic, not only
for the spermatozoa of other guinea pigs, but also for
those of the inoculated animal himself. The autotoxicity
increases greatly after the second and third injection.
(Annals L'Institut Pasteur 14:586, 1900).
I hope that this quotation will receive its due credit as
the first description of an autoantibody.
JOH\ BAUbt, M.D.
Dallas, Texas
TREATMENT OF EXTRAPYRAMIDAL SYMPTOMS
To the Editor: In the Current Concepts in Therapy,
"Complications from Psychotherapeutic Drugs. I.," which
appeared in the February 9 issue of the Journal, reference
was made to the treatment of extrapyramidal symptoms
secondary to the administration of prochlorperazine. Only
anti-Parkinsonian drugs, caffeine and barbiturates were
mentioned.
Last year I reported, in a paper, "Neuromuscular Reac-
tions: Secondary to the Administration of Prochlorperazine:
Some Notes on Diagnosis and Management" in the American
Practitioner and Digest of Treatment (11:962, 1960), 2
acute cases and referred to 7 others treated with meperidine
hydrochloride intramuscularly, with amazingly fast and com-
plete relief of symptoms.
Since the publication of the paper I have had the oppor-
tunity of treating another 4 such patients. Three of these,
employees of a hospital, were admitted with nausea and
vomiting as a complication of severe upper-respiratory-tract
infections. 4Our routine treatment in these cases consists of
symptomatic therapy, using only acetylsalicylic acid, nose
drops, throat gargles and cough syrup when needed. In
addition prochlorperazine, 10 mg. intramuscularly every six
to eight hours, as needed for nausea is prescribed. If the
patient is not vomiting, a 15-mg. sustained-release capsule
is used instead of the intramuscular route.
Extrapyramidal symptoms developed in 2 of the patients
receiving the medication intramuscularly after 30 mg. and
40 mg. respectively, and in 1 after 60 mg. had been ad-
ministered by mouth.
All of them complained of difficulty in speech, pain in the
muscles of the right side of the neck, deviation of the
mandible toward the right and anxiety. All the symptoms
were sudden in onset, and when seen they had been com-
plaining for about fifteen minutes. Physical examination in
each case was negative except for contraction of the muscles
of the right side of the neck and deviation of the mandible
to the right. Meperidine was administered intramuscularly
in a 50-mg. dose, and the time checked. All the symptoms
disappeared with complete recovery in forty, sixty and
one hundred and twenty seconds. The treatment had to be
repeated once six hours later in the patient receiving the
sustained-release form of medication, again with complete
relief in forty seconds.
The fourth somewhat more dramatic case was that of
a twenty-nine-year-old schizophrenic patient who was trans-
ferred from the general ward to our medical ward with the
diagnosis of luxation of the mandible. This patient had
been receiving 10 mg. of thiopropazate dihydrochloride three
times daily when he came to the attention of the attending
physician because he "had his mouth wide open" (as did
the first patient in my previous report). I saw him that
evening because of stertorous breathing, profuse sweating
and a pulse rate of 120. He was sitting on the bed with
his mouth wide open, the mandible in contact with the
chest and eyes rolling upward, and was unable to talk at
all. The stertorous breathing was impressive, and there was
early cyanosis about the fingernails and perioral region. The
blood pressure was 130 systolic, 70 diastolic, the pulse 120,
and the temperature 96.4°F. by rectum. There was con-
traction of the muscles of the oropharynx and marked re-
traction of the tongue. The patient was able to understand
commands given and was co-operative with the examiner.
A tracheotomy was thought to be necessary, but while the
tracheotomy tray was awaited the patient was given 50 mg.
of meperidine intramuscularly as a trial. Five minutes later
he was able to move the mandible to an intermediate posi-
tion. The breathing was still stertorous, but the cyanosis
had completely disappeared. At this time another 50 mg.
of meperidine was administered, and after another five
minutes he was able to close his mouth with only slight
deviation of the mandible to the right. Breathing was still
somewhat labored but much improved, and the pulse was
down to 100, with no change in blood pressure. For the first
time he was able to talk, asking for water with only one
word. At this time another 50-mg. dose of meperidine was
administered intramuscularly. Fifteen minutes after the first
injection he was able to talk distinctly, the respirations were
18 per minute, with normal excursion, and he was able to
open and close his mouth freely. The pulse remained at
100, and the blood pressure was 128 systolic, 82 diastolic.
This man took the longest time to respond to medication,
probably because he weighed about 95.2 kg. (210 pounds)
and only 50 mg. of meperidine was given, for the diagnosis
was not certain.

THE NEW ENGLAND JOURNAL t)1' 'MP.DICINE
June 15, 1961
1270
This treatment has been proved effective only in acute
extrapyramidal symptoms, and it is not known whether the
same results will be obtained in the less dramatic and long
standing cases. A series is now being run on the patients
who can be located but the results are not as yet conclusive.
I am unable to offer any logical explanation for the
amazing effect of meperidine in this type of reaction, and
hope that someone may be able to enlighten me. I also
hope that this note will help others in treating acute cases
and encourage pharmacologic and physiopathological studies
with these drugs.
L. M. PEREZ, M.D.
Personnel Physician
BOOK REVIEW
Clinical Vectorcardiography and Electrocardiography. By
Edward Massie, A.M., M.D., F.A.C.P., F.A.C.C.; and
Thomas J. Walsh, M.D.,.F.A.C.C. 4°, cloth, 605 pp., with
471 illustrations and 31 tables. Chicago: The Year Book
Publishers, Incorporated, 1960. $27.50.
This textbook, containing a lucid and detailed description
of modern vectorcardiographic and electrocardiographic
views, is divided into four major sections. The first deals
concisely with basic considerations on cellular depolarization,
reference systems and instrumentation. The second part,
the abnormal electrocardiogram and vectorcardiogram, con-
siders the ventricular hypertrophies, bundle-branch blocks,
myocardial infarctions and other types of heart disease.
The third section describes the arrythmias, and the final
portion provides further illustrations pertinent to the pre-
vious text. Each chapter begins with a discussion of the ex-
pected vector deviations, which are clarified by excellent
diagrams. The electrocardiographic findings are then re-
viewed along these lines, and this is followed by a discussion
of the actual vectorcardiographic recordings.
Certain exceptions may be taken to the authors' views.
Although they refer to the corrected vectorcardiographic
lead systems of Frank and others, their data have been ob-
tained with the cube system. Whereas this provides valuable
information and does not affect the principles outlined, some
of their data may not apply to the more modern lead sys-
tems. For example, the wide ranges in direction of initial
and final vectors limit the clinical usefulness of the cube
system. This could explain their finding that only 75 per
cent of cases with diaphragmatic infarction show a direction
of the 0.02-second vector outside the range of normal. In
this regard it is unfortunate that in the section on myocardial
infarction no data on autopsied cases are given.
The section on congenital heart disease is treated some-
what summarily. The data are often derived from pooled
series from various authors, resulting in some questionable
conclusions. For example, the statement that "ordinarily
pulmonic stenosis is not an isolated anomaly" is incorrect.
Also, the incidence of hypertrophy of the left ventricle in
defects of the ventricular septum, given as 23 per cent,
appears much too low. Analysis of data in congenital heart
disease is very much dependent on the age group, a factor
not analyzed in this section.
The reviewer marvels at the excellent quality of the vector-
cardiographic tracings. In fact, the text is replete with
accurate, schematic illustrations.. which facilitate comprehen-
sion of this often difficult and, to many, boring subject.
The book leaves one with a feeling of clarity and satisfaction,
a commendable achievement. The logical arrangement and
its scope recommend it to all those interested or experienced
in vectorcard.osraphy and electrocardiography.
PAUL G. HUGENFtOLTZ, M.D.
fessor emeritus of obstetrics and gynecology, Yale University
School of Medicine, and curator, Yale Medical Memorabilia,
Yale University. 8°, cloth, 220 pp., with 53 illustrations.
Hamden, Connecticut: The Shoe String Press, Incorpo-
rated, 1960. $6.00.
Complications in Surgery and Their Management. Edited
by Curtis P. Artz, M.D., F.A.C.S., associate professor of
surgery, University of Mississippi School of Medicine; and
James D. Hardy, M.D., F.A.C.S., professor of surgery and
chairman, Department of Surgery, University of Mis-
sissippi School of Medicine. 4°, cloth, 1122 pp., with 272
illustrations and 32 tables. Philadelphia: W. B. Saunders
Company, 1960. $23.00.
The Memoirs of Ray Lyman Wilbur 1875-1949. Edited by
Edgar Eugene Robinson and Paul Carroll Edwards. 8°, cloth,
702 pp., with 16 illustrations. Stanford, California: Stan-
ford University Press, 1960. $10.00.
Medical Examination Review Book. Three volumes. Vol. 1.
Comprehensive. 8°, paper, 204 pp. $12.00. Vol. 2. Clinical
Medicine. 8°, paper, 162 pp. $6.00. Vol. 3. Basic Sciences.
8°, paper, 176 pp. $6.00. Second printing. Flushing, New
York: Medical Examination Publishing Company, Incorpo-
rated, 1960.
A Textbook of Clinical Pathology. Edited by Seward E.
Miller, M.D., professor of internal medicine, University of
Michigan Medical School, director, Institute of Industrial
Health, and professor of industrial health, University of
Michigan School of Public Health. Sixth edition. 4°, cloth,
915 pp., with many illustrations, some in color. Baltimore:
The Williams and Wilkins Company, 1960. $15.00.
NOTICES
UNIVERSITY OF VERMONT COLLEGE OF
MEDICINE SEMINAR
A seminar on the basic concepts of cardiac excitation and
conduction, under the sponsorship of the University of Ver-
mont College of Medicine and the Vermont Heart Associa-
tion, will be held in Burlington, Vermont, September 16
and 17.
Guest speakers will be Drs. E. T. Angelakos, B. F. Hoff-
man, R. Langendorf, A. J. Linenthal, D. Scherf, H. H.
Swain and W. Trautwein.
Further information may be obtained from Borys Surawicz,
M.D., or Eugene Lepeschkin, M.D., Department of Experi-
mental Medicine, University of Vermont College of Medi-
cine, Burlington, Vermont.
AMERICAN CANCER SOCIETY, INCORPORATED
The annual scientific session of the American Cancer
Society will be held in the Biltmore Hotel, New York City,
October 23 and 24. The theme of the session will be "The
Physician and the Total Care of the Cancer Patient."
Further information may be obtained from the Professional
Education Section, American Cancer Society, 521 West
57th Street, New York 19, New York.
BOOKS RECEIVED
The receipt of the following books is acknowledged, and
this listing must be regarded as a sufficient return for the
courtesy of the sender. Books that appear to be of particular
interest will be reviewed as space permits. Additional infor-
mation in regard to all listed books will be gladly furnished
on request.
The Doctors of Yale College 1702-1£315 and the Founding
of the Medical Institution. By Herbert Thorns, M.D., pro-
AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR MICROBIOLOGY
The American Society for Microbiology announces a series
of annual meetings to be known as "The Interscience Con-
ference on Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy."
The first meeting in this series will be held at the
Commodore Hotel, New York City, October 31 and
November I and 2.
(Concluded on page xxvi)

Vol. 264 No. 24 ADVERTISING SECTION
M I LD-MODERATE-SEVERE
GASTROINTESTINAL DISORDERS
Pro-Banthine
Brand of propantheline Dromide
One characteristic of Pro-Banthine which has
won it general medical acceptance is its versa-
tility. Pro-Banthine has proved highly useful in
the management of gastrointestinal disorders
varying widely in both symptoms and severity.
In peptic ulcer and in other disorders char-
acterized by hyperacidity, hypermotility or
spasm of the enteric tract, Pro-Banthine con-
trols symptoms with a consistency attested in
more than 375 published reports.
This therapeutic proficiency results not
merely from the high level of pharmaco-
dynamic activity of Pro-Banthine but also from
a favorable balance of its actions on both au-
tonomic ganglia and parasympathetic effector
organs. The total effect of this activity permits
doubling or tripling the usual dosage to relieve
severe or intractable conditions without unduly
extending or aggravating secondary actions.
Less than a satisfactory responsel to Pro-
Banthine may often be simply a result of less
than adequate dosage.
' TABLETS
AMPULS
Pro-Banthine, brand of propantheline bro-
mide, is supplied in tablets of 15 mg. for oral
administration in conditions such as peptic
ulcer, gastritis, duodenitis, pylorospasm, biliary
dyskinesia and spastic colon, and in ampuls of
30 mg. for intramuscular or intravenous
administration in conditions such as ureteral
spasm and pancreatitis in which prompt and
vigorous effects are required or when nausea
and vomiting preclude oral administration.
Usual adult dosage: One tablet four times
daily. Up to four tablets may be administered
four times daily for severe manifestations.
When emotional factors prevail -
PRO-BANTHINE© with DARTAL®
8rand ot propanthelina bromide with thioproparata dihYdrochloride
(Not more than four tablets daily.)
or
PRO-BANTHiNE° with Phenobarbital
I. Krantz, J. C., Jr., and Carr, C. J.: The Pharmacologic Prin-
ciples of Medical Practice, Baltimore, The Williams & Wilkins
Company, 1958, p. 843.
xxv
ii
G. o. S E A R L E& e o., c ti t e A G O 80, 1 L L I N O I S. Research in the Service of Medicine

xxvi THE NEW ENGLAND JOURNAL OF MEDICINE June 15, 1961
TUFTS UNIVERSITY
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE
COURSES FOR GRADUATES
REVIEW OF RECENT ADVANCES
IN INTERNAL MEDICINE
October 2-7, 1961
at the
NEW ENGLAND CENTER HOSPITAL
The following subjects will be covered:
HEMATOLOGY: Dr. William Dameshek, Chairman
KIDNEY AND ELECTROLYTES: Dr. William B.
Schwartz, Chairman
GASTROENTEROLOGY: Dr. James F. Patterson,
Chairman
ENDOCRINOLOGY: Dr. Edwin B. Astwood,
Chairman
ALLERGY-PULMONARY DISEASE: Dr. Robert P.
McCombs, Chairman
INFECTIOUS DISEASE: Dr. Louis Weinstein,
Chairman
CARDIOLOGY: Dr. Samuel Proger, Chairman
Tuition - $100.00
For further information write to: Assistant Dean,
Courses for Graduates, Dept. A, 171 Harrison
Avenue, Boston 11, Mass.
SPECIAL ANNOUNCEMENT
FOR
Journal Subscribers
We have an arrangement with the publishers of The
Practitioner that permits us to offer this publication to
subscribers to The New England Journal of Medicine in
the U. S. A. and Canada for only $6.50 per year. Use
order form at right.
Articles appearing in the June, 1961 issue include -
MINOR SURGERY OF THE HANDS
By Robert H. C. Robins, M.B., F.R.C.S.
Orthopaedic Surgeon, Royal Cornwall Inftrmary, Truro
INFECTIONS OF THE HAND
By Edward Hamlin, Jr., M.D.
Associate Clinical Professor of Surgery, Harvard Medical
School; Visiting Surgeon, Massachusetts General Hospital,
Boston, Massachusetts
THE MANAGEMENT OF INJURIES OF THE HANDS
By Athol Parkes, M.B., F.R.C.S.Ed.
Assistant Orthopaedic Surgeon, Western In(trmary, Glat-
gow; Surgeon in Charge, Peripheral Nerve Injury and
Hand Injury Clinics, Western Infirmary and Killearn Hot-
pitals, Glasgow
MINOR SURGERY OF THE FEET
By Robert Roaf, M.Ch.Orth., F.R.C.S., F.R.C.S.Ed.
Director of Clinical Studies and Research, Robert Jones
and Agnes Hunt Orthopaedic Hospital, Ottvestry; Lecturer
in Orthopaedic Surgery, University of Lirterpool
THE PROBLEM OF FOOTWEAR
By T. T. Stamm, M.B., F.R.C.S.
lJrthopaedic Surgeon, Guy's Hotpital
INDICATIONS FOR CHIROPODY
By John R. Hall, F.Ch.S.
President, The Society of Chiropod'uts
CONGENITAL ABNORMALITIES OF THE HANDS AND FEET
By Alexander Innes, M.B.E., M.B., F.R.C.S.
Surgeon, United Birmingham Hospitals; Orthopaedic
Surgeon, Children's Hospital, Birmingham, and Warwick-
shire Orthopaedic Hospital for Children
(Concluded from page 1270)
Further information and hotel reservations may be ob-
tained from the American Society for Microbiology, 19875
Mack Avenue, Detroit 36, Michigan.
SOCIETY MEETINGS AND CONFERENCES
Further information concerning conferences, hospital
rounds and clinics in the Greater Boston area, formerly
published in this weekly calendar, may be obtained from
the Postgraduate Medical Institute, 22 Fenway, Boston 15,
KE 6-8812.
JUNE 16-18, JULY 1-4 and NOVEMBER 19-22. International College of
Surgeons. Page 255, issue of February 2.
JUNE 16-23. Trudeau School of Tuberculosis and Other Pulmonary
Diseases, Saranac Lake, New York. Page 732, issue of April 6.
Juxe 16-28. Consultation Clinics for Grippled Children in Massachu-
setts. Page 1163, issue of June 1.
~uNE 22. Association of Foreign Medical Graduates, Boston. Page
12'10, issue of June 8.
JUNE 22-26. American College of Chest Physicians, New York City.
lPae 1008, issue of May 11.
UNE 24. National Conference on Disaster Medical Care, New York
City Page 1168, issue of June 1.
JuNE 24. The International Cardiovascular Society, New York City.
Pa e 1008, issue of May 11.
yuxE 24 and 25. Postgraduate Seminar on Diagnosis and Management
of Rheumatic Diseases, New York City. Page 952, issue of May 4.
JUNE 25. A.M.A. Session on School Health, New York City. Page
1168, issue of June 1.
JUNE 25-30. Annual Meeting of the American Medical Association,
New York City.
JUNE 27. Northwestern University Medical Alumni Luncheon, New
York City. Page 892, issue of April 27.
JUNE 27-29. Society for Investigative Dermatology, New York City.
Page 470, issue of March 2.
JULY 3-AucusT 4. International Congress of Biophysics, Stockholm,
Sweden. Page 104, issue of July 14.
JULY 10-14. Third International Congress of Dietetics, London, Eng-
land. Page 1250, issue of June 16.
JULY 12 and 13. Rocky Mountain Cancer Conference, West Denver,
Colorado. Page 1008, issue of May 11.
Avt:UST 6-18. Course in Medical Genetics, Bar Harbor, Maine. Page
520, issue of March 9.
SEPTEStBER 4-7. Tenth International Congress on Rheumatoid Diseases,
Rome, Italy. Page 660, issue of September 29.
SEPTEMBER 14-16. New England Society of Anesthesiologists, Ports-
mouth, New Hampshire. Page 892, issue of April 27.
SEPTEMBER 14-17. Second International Symposium on Chemotherapy,
Naples, Italy. Page 660, issue of September 29.
SEPTEMBER 16 and 17. University of Vermont College of Medicine
Seminar, Burlington, Vermont. Page 1270.
OcroReR 12 and 13. Congress of Neurological Surgeons, New York
City. Page 1114, issue of .fay 25.
OC[OBER 15-20, Fourth International Congress of Allergology, New
York City. Page 206, issue of January 26.
OCTOBER 23 and 24. American Cancer Society, Incorporated, New
York City. Page 1270.
OcroBER 31 and NovEMBER I and 2. American Society for Microbiology,
New York City. Page 1270.
NOVEMBER 2-4. Inter-Society Cytology Council, Memphis, Tennessee.
Page 952, issue of May 4.
NoveMBER 6-9. Southern Medical Association, Dallas, Texas. Page
780, issue of April 13.
NOVEMBER 7-9. New England Postgraduate Assembly, Boston. Page
712, issue of October 6.
NovEMBER 27-29. American Society of Hematology, Los Angeles,
California. Page 1220, issue of June 8.
DECEMBER 6-8. Neuroendocrinology Symposium, Miami, Florida. Page
1168, issue of June 1.
.
...........................................................
NEW ENGLAND JOURNAL OF MEDICINE 8 Fenway
Boston 15, Massachusetts
Please enter my order for a year's subscription to The
Practitioner at the special price of $6.50.
0
bA
(0A
so~
Name ................................................................................... 7)
to
Address .................................................................................. (~'
City .................................................... State ........................
[3 Check or Money Order enclosed.
Make checks or money orders payable to the NEW ENGLAND JOURNAL
OF MEDICINE.
:
.
..... ........... ............................................

r
Vol. 264 No. 24
new pre-eminence
In the prevention,
detection and
automatic treatr»ent
ADVERTISING SECTION
oF Cardiac Arrest, the E l ectrodyn e
PMS-5
I
Only Electrodyne offers an
instrument of this type.
Full S" electrocardioscope
for greater visibility.
Simplicity of operation,
functional appearance.
~ , Electrodyne Company, Inc.
80 Endicott Street, Norwood, Massachusetts, U. S. A.
The reputation of Electrodyne instruments has established leadership in the field of medical
electronics for the
preventive detection and treatment of Cardiac Standstill, Ventricular Fibrillation and Cardiac
Arrhythmias.
Proudly we present our latest and most refined instrument
for the prevention, detection and automatic treatment of
ventricular standstill through the application of efficacious
electrical impulses through the intact chest or directly to
the heart
Engineered for unexcelled. valuable time-saving simplicity
of operation, only Electrodyne offers an instrument of this
type. Monitoring heart action visually and audibly, it in-
stantly signals Cardiac Arrest and automatically provides
external stimulation. Any Cardiac Arrhythmia is instantly
recognizable on the highly visible large 5" Electrocardio-
scope which presents a continuous display of the electro
cardiogram.
Please write for an informative file of technical specifica
tions on this and other fine Electrodyne equipment.

u our ow- ac patient
back on the payroll
Soma's prompt relief of pain and stiffness can
get your low-back patients back to
work in days instead of weeks
Soma is unique because it combines the
properties of an effective muscle relaxant
and an independent analgesic in a single
drug. Unlike most other muscle relaxants,
which can only relax muscle tension, Soma
attacks both phases of the pain-spasm cycle
at the same time.
Thus with Soma, you can break up both
pain and spasm fast, effectively . . . help
give your patient the two things he wants
most: relief from pain and rapid return to
full activity.
Soma is notably safe. Side effects are rare.
Drowsiness may occur, but usually only with ,
higher dosages. Soma is available in 350 mg.
tablets. Usual dosage is 1 tablet q.i.d.
The muscle relaxant with an independent pain-relieving action
0
(carisoprodol, Wallace)
1~I Wallace Laboratories, Cranbury, New Jersey

®
®
®
owl
®
a
win
::,
t~~ -.
M1~5 \, f
AO
®
,.
;
<I# !!MI,9I E- ' RMMFAR.M~
+v~
:
~ ~ How you can help save
' your patients a month's pay
f-R Kestler reports in J.A.M.A. (April
30, 1960) that conventionally
treated low-back syndrome pa-
tients required an average of 41
days for full recovery (range: 3 to
90 days). The addition of Soma
therapy in this comparative inves-
tigation reduced the average to
R' 11.5 days (range: 2 to 21 days).
With Soma, patients averaged full
recovery 30 days sooner.
\
{
0
®r

patients are happier when doctors choose
FLEET®ENEMA
R.eady-to-Use Squeeze Bottle
I

Vol. 264 No. 24 ADVERTISING SECTION
because it's so easy to give...
and so easy on the patient
Patients prefer FLEETO"ENEMA because it's so simple
and easy to take-completely without the discomfort of
old-style enemas. Nurses enjoy its safe, sure administra-
tion. No more preparation and cleanup! And physicians
rely on its predictable, thorough cleansing action.
Pre-lubricated,
anatomically
correct 2-inch
rectal tube avoids
injury
Check valve regu-
lates flow
Just 4 fl1 oz. of pre-
cisely formulated
solution* provides
thorough cleansing
without irritation
or discomfort
Compact squeeze
bottle unit-no
loose or moving
parts
2M
*100 cc. contains: 16 Gm. sodium biphosphate
and 6 Cm. sodium phosphate in 4t/s-fl. oz.
squeeze bottle. Pediatric size, 2t/a fl. oz. Also
available: FLEET OIL RETENTION ENEMA,
41/4-fl. oz. ready-to-use unit containing Mineral
Oil U.S.P.
1. Ready to use...no preparation nec-
essary...just remove protective cover
2. Easy to adminisler... just squeeze
bottle with one hand ... no contact
with rectal area
0
0
3. Disposable... replace used enema
unit in original container and dis-
card ... eliminates cleanup and
sterilization
FLEET-~' ENEMA Ready-lo-Use Squeeze Bottle C. B. FLEET CO., Iuc. Lynchburg, Virginia

THE NEW ENGLAND JOURNAL OF MEDICINE
BALDPATE, Inc.
George town.. Mass.
Fleetwood 2-2131
30 miles north of Boston
For the treatment of psychoneuro-
ses, personality disorders, psycho-
ses, alcoholism and drug addiction.
Definitive psychotherapy, somatic thera-
pies, pharmacotherapy. Milieu-therapy un-
der direction of trained occupational and
recreational therapists.
Accredited by joint Commission on Ac-
crcditaton of Hospitals.
HARRY C. SOLO\ION, M.D.
Consulting Psirhiatrist
PATRICK J. QUIRK, M.D.
.Iledicaf Superintendent
THE LEARY LABORATORY
Established 1929
43 BAY STATE ROAD
BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS
All Branches of
Laboratory Medicine
7-DAY COVERAGE
KEnmore 6-2121
CLIN ICAL CHEMISTRY
Service to the lledica! Profession
Boston Medical Laboratory, Inc.
Norbert Benotti - Joseph Benotti
Directors
19 Bay State Road, Boston 15, Mass.
CO m rn ml weat t h 6-3402
PSYCHIATRISTS - Staff openings
for Board-eligible and Board-certified
neurologists or psychiatrists. Large New
England mental hospital. Salary $11,000
to $12,500. Contact Supt. of Brattleboro
Retreat, Brattleboro, Vermont.
B472-22-8t
WANTED - Full-time child psychia-
trist to work with 12-man mental health
team in all-purpose medical group. Op-
portunity to participate in ongoing re-
search program with full-time behavioral
scientists on the problem of aggression in
children. Address A493, New Eng. J.
Med. 22-tf
YOUNG INTERNIST or PRACTI-
TIONER to associate with a general
practitioner in Monadnock area. Excel-
lent hospital facilities, terms to be ar-
ranged. Address A293, New Eng. J. Med.
5-tf
RESIDENCIES in INTERNAL MED-
ICINE, university appointment, salary
$3,495-$5,315, fully approved, research
and teaching opportunities, 1200-bed
~,general hospital, Southwest. Must be
graduate of approved U. S. or Canadian
`medical school. Address A294, New Eng.
.J. Med. 14-40t
HOUSE OFFICERS-Positions avail-
-able immediately. 230-bed general hos-
pital, north of Boston. Standard E.C.-
F.M.G. certificate required. Generous
stipend and allowances. Write: Adminis-
trator, Bon Secours Hospital, Methuen,
Massachusetts. B436-17-tf
GENERAL SURGEON - ASSOCI-
ATE, S U B S E Q U E N T partnership.
Young surgeon for expanding surgical
clinic, salary commensurate with educa-
tion and experience. Exceptional oppor-
tunities for advancement. Near Boston,
Massachusetts. Address A397, New Eng.
J. Med. 21-8t
FOR RENT - WEST MEDFORD.
Four-room doctor's office, fully equipped,
air conditioned, excellent location. Ad-
dress A 197, New Eng. J. Med. 18-eow-tf
UNITED LIMB & BRACE CO., Inc.,
manufacturers of artificial limbs. 15
Berkeley Street, Boston. HA 6-4018.
B517-6-tf
PATHOLOGY RESIDENCY - Four-
year approved program, pathologic anat-
omy and clinical pathology; affiliated
Baylor University College of Medicine.
Stipend $3,495-$5,315. Must be U. S.
citizen or graduate of U. S. or Canadian
medical school. Bela Halpert, M.D.,
Veterans Administration Hospital, Hous-
ton, Texas. B373-10-20t
APPROVED ROTATING INTERN-
SHIPS in unique university affiliated
education program available July 1,
1961. Residency-level training in major
disciplines. Stipends range from $250-
$300 per month, depending on marital
status. Apply, Director of Medical Edu-
cation, Pittsfield Affiliated Hospitals, 379
East Street, Pittsfield, Massachusetts.
B467-21-4t
AVAILABLE - Roslindale Square,
most modern office building. Suite of
medical offices available, $80 per month.
BEacon 2-9488. B489-24-2t
APPROVED ROTATING INTERN-
SHIPS (4). 301-bed fully accredited
general hospital, 12,000 admissions per
year, good clinical material, excellent
teaching program. E.C.F.M.G. certifica-
tion required for foreign graduates.
$350 per month plus full maintenance,
family housing available, 30 miles from
Pittsburgh. Apply: Coordinator of Medi-
cal Education, Westmoreland Hospital.
Greensburg, Pa. B277-21-tf
B O A R D CERTIFIED, university
trained pediatrician, leaving Army this
summer, desires group or associate type
practice in New York, Connecticut, New
Jersey, or Washington, D. C. area. Ad-
dress A392, New Eng. J. Med. 21-4t
INTERNIST, Board eligible or certi-
fied for 5-man department of established
specialty group in excellent hospital as-
sociation. Younger man preferred. Salary
two years, then partnership in 20-man
group. Furnish complete autobiography
in initial reply. Address A341, New Eng.
J. Med. 13-14t
FOR RENT - Beacon Street, Brook-
line, front private entrance two- or four-
room, ultra-modern suites, parking, LA-
scll 7-5776. B369-10-tf
June 15, 1961
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
MANAGEMENT
Billing
Bookkeeping
Collections
Medical Clearing Bureau
110 Tremont Street
Boston, Mass.
HUbbard 2-2151
PERKINS SCHOOL
LANCASTER, MASS.
Devoted to the scientific understanding and
education of children of retarded develop-
ment. Five homelike and attractive buildings
surrounded by 85 acres of campus and gar-
dens.
FRANKLIN H. PERKINS, M.D.
VACATION COVERAGE. Responsi-
ble, energetic Board-eligible surgeon avail-
able to cover your general or surgical
practice part or all of July, August, Sep-
tember. Massachusetts license. Experi-
ence. Address A401, New Eng. J. Med.
22-3t
NEEDED - GENERAL PRACTI-
TIONER. A community of 4,000 needs
a physician. It is located on an inter-
state expressway 35 miles north of Boston.
It is a New England town in the center
of both summer and winter playgrounds
with residents commuting to nearby busi-
nesses. It is an aggressive community
with no unemployment and a steadily
growing population. A centrally located
home and office will be provided. For
information contact address A402, New
Eng. J. Med. 22-4t
PEDIATRICIAN - Certified with
cardiology and pulmonary training de-
sires academic and/or group association
in which previous experience is utilized.
Address A403, New Eng. J. Med. 22-4t
PEDIATRICIAN WANTED for ex-
panding 3-man department in private
group clinic located in excellent hospital.
No house calls. Midwest. $30,000 for
two years' service, then opportunity for
partnership. Traveling expenses paid for
applicants invited for personal interview.
Address A406, New Eng. J. Med. 22-6t
GENERAL PRACTITIONER
WANTED to associate with surgeon-
general practitioner serving a population
of 15,000, excellent hospital, completely
equipped two-man clinic, salary or part-
nership. 1% hours from Boston. Address
A240, New Eng. J. Med. 22-tf
ANESTHESIOLOGIST exceptionally
qualified for academic or clinical position
seeks director or comparable senior posi-
tion. Curricttlum vitae available. Address
A356, New Eng. J. Med. 14-em-3t
(Additional advertisements on
pages xxxvii and xlvi)

iiidepression-
:
for greater
emotional stability
in the aging patient
T~ofranil Tablets of 10 mg, for geriatric use
During the declining years, frustration aris-
ing from declining capacity to participate
in social and family activities often leads
to depression, manifested frequently in
unpredictable swings of mood.l
The value of Tofranil in restoring the de-
pressed elderly patient to a more normal
frame of mind has received strong support
from recent studies.1-3 Under the influence
of Tofranil, such symptoms as irascibility,
hostility, apathy and compulsive weeping
are often strikinglyt elieved with the result
that life becomes easier both for the pa-
tient and those around him.
Since the dosage requirements of etderly
patients are lower than those of the non-
geriatric patient, Tofranil is made available
in a special low dosage 10 mg. tablet
designed specifically for geriatric use.
Full product information regarding dos-
age, side effects, precautions and contra-
indications available on request.
References: 1. Cameron, E.: Canad. Psychiat.
A. J., Special Supplement 4:S160, 1959.
2. Christe, P.: Schweiz. med. Wchnschr. 90:586,
1960. 3. Schmied, J., and Ziegler, A.: Praxis
49:472,1960.
Tofranil®, brand of imipramine hydrochloride:
Triangular tablets of 10 mg. for geriatr c use:
also available, round tablets of 25 mg , and
ampuls for intramuscular administration only,
each containing 25 mg. in 2 cc. ot solut on
(1.25 per cent).
Geigy Pharmaceuticals
Division of Geigy Chemical Corporation
Ardsley, New York Tosa7.a1

xxxiv THE NEW ENGLAND JOURNAL OF MEDICINE June 15, 1961
Just Published !
... from LITTLE, BROWN
Antoniades'
HORMONES IN HUMAN PLASMA
In recognition of great recent interest in the use of human
plasma to obtain hormones for clinical use, 33 of the
country's leading biologists - biochemists - physical-
chemists - physiologists - pharmacologists - clinicians
- have pooled their knowledge to present ...
... the latest methods of identifying and measuring hor-
mones in human plasma
... technics for preparing hormones from human blood
for clinical purposes
... an examination of the nature in which these hormones
exist and ways in which their physical-chemical and
physiological properties can be determined
.-. analyses of the protein interaction of non-protein
hormones such as steroid hormones, epinephrine and
norepinephrine
Many illustrations and tables, together with numerous
references round out a comprehensive, up-to-date study
in a rapidly expanding field.
667 pp. 100 illus. and tables $25.00
Order through your bookstore, or directly from:
LITTLE, BROWN AND COMPANY
34 Beacon Street, Boston 6, Massachusetts
N
a
A
Hard Working Handle
holds your instrument cost down
One Welch Allyn handle
powers all these Welch
Allyn instrument heads -
and many more. Add in-
struments as you need them
with no more expense fbr
handles.
No battery replacements -
this handle has recharge-
able batteries. Beryllium
copper collar spring for
permanent snug instrument
fit. Positive-off rheostat
prevents turning on power
accidentally. Ask your
dealer to show you Welch
Allyn's 717 handle.
Handles also available
for use with standard
dry cell batteries.
McGILL UNIVERSITY
POSTGRADUATE COURSE IN ANAESTHESIA
A postgraduate Revision and Refresher Course
will take place at McGill University, Montreal,
Monday September 11th to Saturday September
16th, inclusive.
The course has been arranged for those sitting
examinations and for General Practitioners engaged
in the practice of Anaesthesia.
Lectures on important aspects of Anaesthesia will
be given from midday until 5:30 daily, each lasting,
30 minutes. The mornings may be spent either
in clinical observation or as a study period in the
Medical Library. The fee for the course is $35.00.
Those interested should apply to Dr. R. G. B.
Gilbert, Chairman of the Department of Anaes-
thesia, McGill University, 3801 University Street,
Montreal 2, when a programme and application
blank will be forwarded.
01148395

I
Vol. °fi4 No. 2-}
ADVERTISING SECTION
DE$ITIN®O
OINTMENT
with HYDROCORTISONE [17°]
anti-inflammatory, antipruritic
hydrocortisone ....
enhanced by time-tested soothing,
healing Desitin Ointment formula ....
controls pain, itching and inflamma-
tion as it promotes healing in:
eczematoid dermatitis (allergic, in-
fantile, nummular, etc.), seborrheic
dermatitis, anogenital pruritus, neuro-
dermatitis, contact dermatitis (poison
ivy, oak, sumac).
formula of Desitin HC Oint-
ment with Hydrocortisone:
Hydrocortisone (alc.) 1%,
Norwegian Cod Liver Oil
(rich in unsaturated fatty
acids and vitamins A and D),
zinc oxide, talcum, petrola-
tum, and lanolin. Applied 2
to 4 times daily.
Supplied: in tubes of 1/2 oz.
and 1 oz.
Request samples on Rx blank or letterhead
DESITIN CHEMICAL COMPANY 812 Branch Avenue, Providence 4, R. i.
'° " NOTE: DESITIN OINTMENT, as such, is of course available as always.
xxxv
I

THE NEW ENGLAND JOURNAL OF MEDICINE June 15, 1961
Proven
in over six years of clinical use and
more than 750 published clinical studies
Effective
for relief of anxiety and tension
Outstandingly Safe
simple dosage schedule produces rapid, dependable
tranquilization without unpredictable excitation
no cumulative effects, thus no need for difficult
dosage readjustments
does not produce ataxia, change in appetite or libido
does not produce depression, Parkinson-like symptoms,
jaundice or agranulocytosis
does not impair mental efficiency or normal behavior
Miltown®
meorobamate (Wallace)
Usual dosage: One or two 400 mg. tablets t.i.d.
Supplied: 400 mg. scored tablets, 200 mg.
sugar-coated tablets; in bottles of 50.
lllso supplied in sustained-release capsules...
Meprospan®
Available as Meprospan-400 (blue-topped sustained
release capsules containing 400 mg. meprobamate),
and Meprospan-200 (yellow-topped sustained-release
capsules containing 200 mg. meprobamate).
,WA1 0 WALLACE LABORATORIES / Cranbury, N. J.
CM_q23

Vol. 264 No. 24 ADVERTISING SECTION xxxvii
ELECTROENCEPHALOGRAPHY
(EEG)
Records correlated by Neurologist
24-hour service available
Beacon Center for
Electroencephalography
350 Beacon St., Boston 16, Mass.
KEnmore 6-1364
Jeanette Landau, Director
WESTWOOD LODGE
Incorporated
WESTWOOD, MASSACHUSETTS
Telephone NO 7-0168
For the study and treatment of nervous and
emotional disorders. Homelike therapeutic
atmosphere with modern treatment techniques.
Intensive individual and group psychotherapy;
biophysiological treatment methods (electro-
shock, electrocoma, insulin stimulation, with-
drawal treatment for addicts, carbon dioxide,
etc. ); occupational, music and recreational
therapy; tennis court.
M. Brunner-Orne, M.D., Superintendent
W. J. Hammond, Administrator a
A. L. Clark, M.D., P.r)chiatrist
S. M. Bunker, M.D., Psychiatrist
WASHINGTONIAN HOSPITAL
41 MORTON STREET
Jamaica Plain, Boston, Mass.
MEDICAL AN D PSYCHIATRIC
TREAT.IIENT CENTER
For:
ALCOIIOL AN D DRUG ADDICTS
Male and Female Patients
Night Hospitalization Available
In-Patients and Out-Patients Service
JOSEPH THIMANN, M.D.
Executice and Medical Director
JA 4-1540 - 1541 - 1542
NEEDED - YOUNG GENERAL
PHYSICIAN by four-man group in
growing rural program in West Virginia.
Modern clinic facilities, regularly visiting
specialist consultant staff, scheduled
training and vacation periods, founda-
tion sponsorship, no investment required.
Starting net income range $14,000-$16,-
000 depending on qualifications. Address
A349, New Eng. J. Med. 13-16t
OPENING AN OFFICE? Largest
display of examining and pediatric tables
in Greater Boston area ($56 and up).
One stop for all your office needs, exec-
utive and secretarial desks and chairs,
waiting-room seating, etc. Long-term
financing available. Let us help you plan
an efficient and attractive office. Consult
our Office Planning and Decorating
Service. Only 15 minutes from Downtown
Boston via Southeast Expressway. Quincy
Medical Supply Co., 13 School Street,
Quincy, Massachusetts. GRanite 9-4440.
B338-6-27t
WANT A LOCUM TENENS? A
full-time assistant professor (Board quali-
fied in Internal Medicine) at a promi-
nent northeastern medical school is
studying various aspects of private prac-
tice. Available for 2 to 4 week periods,
June or July, in return for income plus
use of your appointments and facilities.
Address A317, New Eng. J. Med. 23-2t
RADIOLOGIST, certified, available
full or part time. Prefers New England.
Address A411, New Eng. J. Med. 22-4t
RESIDENT PHYSICIANS - 500-
bed, general teaching hospital. New staff
quarters including apartments for house
staff with families (nominal charge). Sti-
pends from $3,000 to $6,000 plus full
single maintenance. Approved training
programs in medicine, surgery, anesthesi-
ology, pathology, radiology, psychiatry,
chest and pediatrics. Several remaining
openings in: Radiology, modern, well-
equipped department, two full-time radi-
ologists. $3,000-$3,600. Anesthesiology,
two full-time anesthesiologists, five at-
tendings. Optional university or hospi-
tal affiliation. $3,000-$3,600. Medicine
$3,000. Pathology, all fields of pathology
including forensic medicine. $3,000-$4,-
8d0. Psychiatry, extensive teaching pro-
gt'am, 6 full-time psychiatrists plus large,
aetively participating attending staff. 126-
t3ed remodeled facility. Active outpatient
p,Fbgram. $4,200-$6,000. Apply: Director,
GYasslands Hospital, Valhalla, New York.
~ B416-15-12t
ORTHOPEDIC SURGEON WANT-
ED. Well-established, expanding 20-man
group located in excellent hospital. Board
eligible or certified. Salary for two years,
then partnership. Excellent professional
situation. Address A324, New Eng. J.
Med. 18-9t
INTERNIST for expanding program
of Upper New York State medical group.
Address A236, New Eng. J. Med. 21-tf
PEDIATRICIAN for expanding pedi-
atric service in all-purpose, rural New
York medical group. Address A220, New
Eng. J. Med. 17-tf
FOR SALE - Combination 9-room
home and 5-room, fully-equipped, mod-
ern, air-conditioned office. Centrally lo-
cated. One mile from new 76-bed hos-
pital. Excellent practice, established 15
years. Leaving to specialize. Telephone
Palmer, Massachusetts, ATlas 3-3211.
B396-13-tf
WANTED - PEDIATRICIAN, cer-
tified or Board eligible, to join a 2-
member group in a medium-sized com-
munity in southern New England. Area
accessible to New York and New Haven
academic centers. Address A417, New
Eng. J. Med. 23-2t
FOR SALE - Physician's home and
office in Boston suburb. Excellent loca-
tion and near all transportation. $27,500.
Address A418, New Eng. J. Med. 23-2t
WANTED - RECENT MODEL of
binocular microscope. Telephone Boston
Industrial Medical Center, COpley 7-
7272. B454-23-3t
PRACTICE, OFFICE and HOME -
Extremely active well-established general
medical practice available due to ill-
ness. Also excellent opportunity for pedi-
atrician or obstetrician to serve South
Shore area of approximately 15,000 popu-
lation, only 30 minutes from Boston.
Waiting room and spacious office with
separate entrance. Six-month-old custom
styled and tastefully decorated 3-bedroom
tri-level home. Realistically priced at
$27,900. Telephone B. W. Caswell at
GRanite 2-5737. B478-23-2t
WE BUY USED examining-room
equipment. Examination tables, instru-
ment cabinets, etc. Also office desks and
swivel chairs. Quimsco, 13 School Street,
Quincy, Massachusetts. GRanite 9-4440.
B346-6-22t
LENOX, MASSACHUSETTS - Fur-
nished professional suite now available for
rent. Prime location with private en-
trance. Parking area. Waiting room, of-
fice, large examining room, laboratory,
and ceramic lavatory. Excellent oppor-
tunity. Write Sammis & Burbank, 184
North Street, Pittsfield, Massachusetts.
B479-23-4t
IMMEDIATE OPENINGS available
for full-time house staff physicians to
serve in 200-bed municipal hospital.
Salary $10,348 to $11,596 plus fringe
benefits. Minimum tenure one year. Con-
necticut license required. Contact Myron
E. Freedman, M.D., Director of Medical
Education, J. J. McCook Memorial Hos-
pital, Hartford, Connecticut. B470-21-6t
ANESTHESIOLOGIST - Board cer-
tified or eligible for 170-bed J.C.A.H.
approved Massachusetts hospital within
I hour's drive of Boston. Fee-for-service
basis. About 3,000 anesthesias adminis-
tered per year. Good opportunity for 1
or more young men to establish practice.
Address A412, New Eng. J. Med. 23-5t
PEDIATRICIAN - Board certified
or eligible. Opportunity in well-estab-
lished twelve-man specialty group with
own building, erected 1958. Near New
York City in expanding suburban north
shore Long Island town serving area of
100,000. Early partnership. Please fur-
nish resume indicating training, experi-
ence, military and marital status. Ad-
dress A414, New Eng. J. Med. 23-2t
PEDIATRIC RESIDENCY available
July, 1961 or thereafter. University af-
filiated general hospital in New England
with full-time director of medical edu-
cation, chief pediatric residency, and co-
ordinator of pediatric education approved
for 2 years' training. Good opportunity
for the acquisition of practical and thed-
retical knowledge necessary for certifica-
tion and practice of pediatrics. Stipend
plus maintenance allowance. Address
A416, New Eng. J. Med. 23-3t
YOUNG INTERNIST, Board quali-
fied, wanted for association with Board
internist, one hour from Boston. Growing
hospital facilities and potential academic
association make attractive future. Would
consider one month locum tenens in July
or August for trial by applicant. Ad-
dress A413, New Eng. J. Med. 23-3t
(Additional advertisements on
pages xxxii and xlvi)

xxxvtrl
mmo
\\\Ew
BOOK
Announcement
From YEAR BOOK MEDICAL PUBLISHERS
Davenport's PHYSIOLOGY
OF THE DIGESTIVE TRACT
NEW - Here is a clear-cut description, excellently illustrated, of
the function of the normal human digestive tract, showing first the
mechanism available for propulsion and secretion, then demon-
strating aliments in the process of being digested and absorbed
with reference to how and to what extent the mechanism of
motility, secretion and their control are actually used. By HORACE
W. DAVENPORT, Ph.D., Professor and Chairman, Dept. of
Physiology, University of Michigan. 224 pages; illustrated.
MacFate's INTRODUCTION
TO THE CLINICAL LABORATORY
NEW - The physician who does his own laboratory work or
has it performed by an office assistant will find Dr. MacFate's
new book a quick and authoritative reference. It deals with
essentials such as the equipping, setting up and care of the labora-
tory; obtaining specimens from the patient; preserving specimens;
systems of measurement; characteristics of principal blood com-
ponents; common microorganisms and fungi, with related test
procedures; discarding of specimens and dangerous chemicals;
safety precautions and first aid procedures in laboratory accidents,
etc. By ROBERT P. MACFATE, Ch.E., M.S., Ph.D., Chief, Divi-
sion of Iaboratoriea, City of Chicago Board of Health. 450 pages;
illustrated. $10.00.
THE NEW ENGLAND JOURNAL OF MEDICINE
June 15, 1961
in pso~iasis
~
J
pmma benzene hexachloride
widely prescribed
clinically proven/cosmetically elegant
"Psoriasis is, today, incurable, but,
psoriasis can be a very manageable
disease."1 In a recent study of 214
chronic psoriatics treated with ALPHOSYL
"...every patient manifested
some favorable response.r'1
Available: Bottles of 8 n. oz.
1. Welsh, A. L.: Report. Conference on the Management
of Chronic Dermatoses, University of Cincinnati
College of Medicine. Cincinnati, ohio, November 45, 1959.
Available: Alphosyi Lotion in 8 oz. bottles.
REED & CARNRI CK /A'enrtworth. New deraey
*Kwel
Barness' MANUAL OF
PEDIATRIC PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS
NEW 2nd EDITION - Dr. Barness' revision includes new
procedures, charts of normal growth rate and other modifications
required to keep this highly instructive manual up to date. Here
in concise, excellently organized presentation are the special tips,
techniques and fine points necessary to a searching, miss-nothing
physical examination of the pediatric patient - from head to toes.
By LEWIS A. BARNESS, M.D., Associate Professor of Pediatrics,
University of Pennsylvania Medical School. 208 pages; illustrated.
....................ORDER FORM....................
~
YEAR BOOK
MEDICAL PUBLISHERS
Year Book Medical Publishers, Inc., 200 East Illinois
Street, Chicago 11, III.
Please send and bill subject to 10 days' examination
E] Physiology of the Digestive ~ Introduction to the Clinical
Tract, Ready in June Laboratory, $10.00
Q Pediatric Physical Diagnosis, Ready in June
Name ...............................................................
Street ......................................................
City .............................. Zone ..... State ..................
N.E. 6-61
.:.
.(HEAD AND PUBIC LICE)
~ K r
X _. t~ I .
_.i allantoin and special coal tar extract
AVAILABLE: Bottles of 2 and 16 fI. oz. ~-=
For External Use 0nly
.
,... S e.. ~ ~~,- ..:. .. ......._ ..,-_. x ~.~~.. .
v
il
allantoin/hexachlorophene/special coal tar extract
CREAM AND SHAMPOO
CLEARS SCALP SEBORRHEAS
FROM CRADLE CAP TO DANDRUFF
AVAILABLE: Sebical Cream and Shampoo 2 oz. tubes.
01148399

Parkinson's disease does not have to mean a retreat from living or reluctance to face family and
friends.
Treatment with "COGENTIN often causes a diminution or disappearance of the typical parkinsonian
facies.
It has the ability to control severe tremor and may control sialorrhea better than atropine."1
Severe rigidity,
contractures, and frozen states also respond to COGENTIN.2 Its prolonged action permits 24-hour
control of
symptoms with one bedtime dose.3 Os148-100
Before prescribing or administering Coaexxtrr, the physician should consult the detailed information
on use accompanying the package or available on request.
S. upplied: Tablets COGENTIN (quarterscored), 2 mg., bottles of 100 and 1000. New dose form:
Injection COGENTIN, 1 mg. per cc., ampuls of 2 cc., boxes of 6.
References: 1. Finkel, M. J.: M. Times 86:1391, 1958. 2. Doshay, L. J., and Boshes, L.: Postgrad.
Med. 27:602, 1960. 3. A. M. A. Council on Drugs:
New and Nonofficial Drugs 1960, Philadelphia, J. B. Lippincott Company, 1960, p. 264. COGENTIN is a
trademark of Merck & Co., Inc.
M©D
MERCK SHARP & DOHME Division of Merck & Co.. INC., West Point, Pa.
: .~ ` V

Allergic orK- inflammalary f/are-up!
.4-=
Female, 41; Dx: dermatitis venenata. Contactant:
calamine-antihistamine lotion applied for contact
dermatitis-Rx Celestone Tablets, 0.6 mg. Photo-
graph prior to Rx.
Stepdown dosage of 1 tab. q.i.d. for 2 days, I
tab. t.i.d. for 2 days, I tab. b.i.d. for 2 days and
1 tab. daily for 8 days. Results: condition com-
pletely cleared. Side Effects: none. Photograph
after 72 hours of Celestone therapy. (Photographs
courtesy of M. M. Nierman, M. D., Calumet City, III.)

Rapid remission with new Celestone
the first major advance in corticosteroid therapy in over 21/2 years
Clinical worth: CELESTONE provides
greatly enhanced antiallergic and anti-
inflammatory effects with significantly
lower mg. dosages. Its efficacy and safety
have been established by 20 months of
pre-introductory clinical trials in such
steroid-responsive disorders as:
bronchial asthma
pollenosis (severe hay fever)
allergic/ inflammatory dermatoses
inflammatory eye diseases
rheumatoid arthritis
Exceptional utility: From simple derma-
toses to the more severe steroid-responsive
conditions, the unexcelled anti-inflamma-
tory effect of CELESTONE provides rapid
clinical improvement with average daily
dosages of from 2 to 8 tablets.
Ease of use: CELESTONE has simple-to-
follow dosage schedules for all steroid-
responsive disorders based on a single
tablet strength, 0.6 mg. Patients may be
switched easily from other corticosteroids
to CELESTONE with proper dosage adjust-
ments.
Safety-speed factor: CELESTONE is partic-
ularly valuable for short-term therapy of
acute inflammatory episodes because in-
flammation is resolved quickly, thus help-
ing to avoid certain corticoid side effects
such as:
weight loss sodium and water
anorexia retention
vertigo muscle weakness
severe headache potassium excretion
Improved response: CELESTONE also offers
the advantage of providing an opportunity
to restore "lost" or diminished control in
patients receiving other steroids.
For complete details, consult latest Schering literature
available from your Schering Representative or the
Medical Services Department, Schering Corporation,
BloomTeld, New Jersey.
Bibliography: 1. Goldman, L.: Investigation of a New Steroid in Dermatology. Paper presented at
First Symposium on the Clinical Application of
Betamethasone: A New Corticosteroid, New York City, May 8, 1961. 2. Nierman, M. AI.: The Use of
Betamethasone in Dermatology. Ibid. 3. Gant, J. t2.,
and Gould, A. H.: Betamethasone: A Clinical Study. Ibid. 4. Frank, L.: The Place of Betamethasone in
Dermatologic Practice. Ibid. 5. Hampton, S. F.:
Betamethasone-A New Steroid in Allergy: A Preliminary Report. Ibid. 6. Bukantz, S. C.: Observations
on the Use of Bctamethasone in the Intractable
Asthmatic Child. Ibid. 7. Bedell, H.: A New Systemic Steroid in the Treatment of Allergies in Office
Practice. Ibid. 8. Schwartz. E.: Clinical Evalu-
ation of Betamethasone in Chronic Intractable Bronchial Asthma. Ibid. 9. Kammerer, W. H.:
Observations on the Effects of Betamethasone in
Rheumatoid Arthritis. Ibid. 10. Cohen, A., and Goldmn, J.: Management of Rheumatoid Arthritis with a
New Steroid. Ibid. 11. Gordon, D. M.:
Betamethasone-A New Corticosteroid in Ophthalmology. Ibid. 12. Abrahatnson, I. A., Jr.: A Clinical
Evaluation of Betamethasone. Ibid. ..»t
(5
N
~
~
~
~
~
(betamethasone) Tablets, 0.6 rng. N
E~ONE

THE NEW ENGLAND JOURNAL OF MEDICINE June 15, 1961
"Outstanding Contrihution"1 in Cholangiography
Rapid Optimal Opaci fication:
Within 15 minutes, Cholografin
outlines hepatic and common
ducts even after cholecystec-
tomy, reveals biliary ducts in
about 25 minutes, and com-
pletely opacifies the gallbladder
within 21/2 hours."
High Diagnostic Accuracy:
Accuracy in diagnosing bile
duct disease in postcholecystec-
tomized patients is reported to
be 86%.' In another series,'
Cholografin permitted diagnos-
tic interpretation in almost 70%
of patients with chronic chole-
cystitis.
"With Little RiskfS No hepatic
or renal toxicity, no delayed re-
actions have been observed s
Cholografin "is the method of
choice"` for gallbladder visuali-
zation in infants.
~
cholografiSodium/ Methylglueamine
Duografin Squibb Diatrizoate and lodipamide Methylglucamines for rapid
visualization of biliary and renal tracts in routine examinations or differential diagnosis
Supply: Cholografin Methylglucarnine Squibb Iodipamide Methylglucamine Injection U.S.P. is sup-
plied in 20 cc. sizes, with sufficient excess for sensitivity testing.
Cholografin Sodium Squibb lodipamide Sodium Injection N.F. is supplied in cartons containing
two 20 cc. ampuls with sufficient excess for sensitivity testing.
Duograftn is supplied in bottles of 50 cc.
For full information, see your Squibb Product Reference or Product Brief.
References: (1) Cohn, E. M.: Am. J. Gastroenterol. 35:115 (Feb.)
1961. (2) Jones, hL D.; Sakai, H.; and Rogerson, A. G.: J. Pediat.
53:172 (Aug
(3) Machella
: Gastroenterology 34:1050
) 1958
T
E
,
.
.
.
.
(June) 1958. (4) Orloff, T. L.: Am. J. Roentgenol. 80:618 (Oct.) ~ SQ,UI88
. ~,....,~.,.,. ., , a,., , ,. .. . .,...s Mil=_slarvVAm n r 7 - r.
yueuu Vuuticr-
152:91 (July) 1960. (6) McClenahan, J. L.: Pennsylvania M. J. ~ o
'
~
~
62:100 (Feb.) 1959. 'CMOLOORAIIN®ANO'GUOORAfIN'®AMElCUI9lTRADEMANRt.
(./tePr2Cetess(rt.grQ(dlent

Vol. 264 No. 24 ADVERTISING SECTION xliii
in Ob-Gyn practice: prevent bacterial insult
to traumatized cervicovaginal tissue
FURACI
brand of nitrofurazone
a safe, single agent with singular benefits
From a recent study reporting the lowered inci-
dence of postoperative morbidity following the use
of FURACIN Vaginal Suppositories in operative
gynecology-"Certainly a single agent is to be pre-
ferred to a combination of agents, providing com-
parable results are obtained:'
L.
® Used beJore and after cervicovaginal surgery, de-
livery, radiation therapy and certain office proce-
dures, FuRACtN controls infection, hastens healing,
reduces discharge, malodor and discomfort.
FURACIN VAGINAL SUPPOSITORIES: FURACIN 0.3%
in a water-miscible base. Box of 12, each 2 Gm.
suppository hermetically sealed in yellow foil.
FURACIN CREAM: FURACIN 0.2°,>o in a water-miscible
cream base. Tube of 3 oz. with plastic plunger-type
applicator.
Crimea, H. G.,.nd Geiger, C.1.: Am. J.Obe.. & Gynec. 79:4t1, 1960.
EATON LABORATORIES
Division of The Norwich Pharmacal Company
NORWICH, NEW YORK
~

ROCHr--:;
LABORATORIES a
= Division of HoBmann-La Roche Inc.
Assure balanced nutritional support from the
very first days of life with W-PENTA DROPS--
dependable vitamin formu/ations:.

5-year study' with
LU?LJDThT demonstrates:
long-term anticoagulation
in office management
of outpatients is
practical and effective
A 5-year study' of long-term anticoagulation with COUMADIN (warfarin sodium) in
office practice patients has demonstrated that such treatment reduces the prob-
ability of further infarctions in the postinfarct patient and is effective in preventing
a first infarction in patients with angina.
An earlier report2 noted that long-term anticoagulant therapy with warfarin sodium
can be carried out, along with the necessary prothrombin time determinations, as
part of general office practice.
"The most significant advantage is the great ease in maintaining patients in a
therapeutic range. It has been rewarding to find, month after month, patients
varying no more than three or four seconds in their prothrombin times on their
established dosage of Warfarin sodium [COUMADIN ]."1
T
® the original and only warfarin responsible for establish-
ing this drug as closely approaching the ideal anti-
coagulant3.4 and as "the
best anticoagulant available
W--,~
FOR ORAL, INTRAVENOUS OR INTRAMUSCULAR USE today.rrsOver179,000,000dosesadministeredtodate.
the -proven anticoagulan t for long-term maintenance
Full range of oral and parenteral dosage forms-COUMADiN*
(warfarin sodium) is available as: Scored tablets-2 mg.,
lavender; 5 mg., peach; 71/2 mg., yellow; 10 mg., white;
25 mg., red. Single Injection Units-one vial, 50 mg., and
one 2 cc. ampul Water for Injection; one vial, 75 mg., and
one 3 cc. ampul Water for Injection.
Average Dose: Initial, 40-60 mg. For elderly and/or debili-
tated patients, 20-30 mg. Maintenance, 5-10 mg. daily, or
as indicated by prothrombin time determinations.
1. Nora, J. J.: M. Times, May, 1961. 2. Nora, J. J.: J.A.M.A. 174:118, Sept. 10,
1960. 3. Baer, S., et al.: J.A.M.A. 187:704, June 7, 1958. 4. Moser, K. M.: Dis-
ease-a-Month, Chicago, Yr. Bk. Pub., Mar., 1960, p. 13. S. Meyer, O. 0.:
Postgrad. Med. 24:110, Aug., 1958.
'Manufactured under license from the Wisconein Alumni Research Foundation
Complete Information and Reprints on Request ~. ENDO LABORATORIES Richmond Hill 18, New York

xlvi THE NEW ENGLAND JOURNAL OF MEDICINE
WANTED - Pathologist, Board certi-
fied. Large, general hospital eleven miles
from George Washington Bridge. Excel-
lent equipment. Clinical and research fa-
cilities. Approved residency program. Ap-
proved school for medical technologists.
Salary open. Apply: Rufus R. Little.
M.D., Superintendent, Bergen Pine
County Hospital, Paramus, New Jersey.
B429-16-eow-5t
NORTH WEYMOUTH - 3-room
office suite, furnished for physician, now
available. Call PResident 3-6256.
B331-5-tf
DOCTOR, ARE YOU looking for a
medical secretary, technician, or office
nurse? We provide thoroughly screened
applicants at no cost to you. For courte-
ous confidential service, telephone RIch-
mond 2-0130, Massachusetts Medical
Bureau, Boston, Massachusetts.
B452-19-6t
CARDIOLOGIST-INTERNIST, uni-
versity trained, with extensive catheter-
ization experience, currently practicing
adult and pediatric cardiology desires po-
sition or practice opportunity. Address
A405, New Eng. J. Med. 22-tf
PEDIATRICIAN, Board eligible, avail-
able in July, seeks association with pedi-
atrician in suburban community near
New York. Address A419, New Eng. J.
Med. 23-3t
OBSTETRICIAN - GYNECOLOGIST
to join active obstetrics-gynecology serv-
ice of medical group in mid-eastern New
York State ; expanding, decentralized
program with academic environment fea-
tured. Address A219, New Eng. 1. Med.
17-tf
TISSUE TECHNICIAN, excellent
training, male, married, wants to locate
in New England area. Please write to
George Meimaridis, 12 Day Street,
Cambridge 40, Massachusetts. B475-22-4t
GENERAL PRACTITIONER to join
private clinic in Cambridge, Massachu-
setts. City practice. Address A102, New
Eng. J. Med. 19-tf
WANTED - FAMILY DOCTOR.
Wonderful opportunity to leave conven-
tional drudgery and accept challenge is
offered by ambitious clinic in Colorado
to family doctor with special interests in
obstetrics and anesthesia. Address A404,
New Eng. J. Med. 22-eow-2t
MEDICAL MANAGEMENT - Sal-
ary $1,000 per month. Ample fringe
benefits. Desirous of obtaining American
medical graduates who have completed
their internships to provide medical
management in a 248-bed general hos-
pital in Chicago, Illinois. Good variety
_-of clinical material. Contact Brother
Dominic, C.F.A., Administrator, Al-
exian Brothers Hospital, 1200 West Be]-
den Avenue, Chicago 14, Illinois. Tele-
phone Dlversey 8-6500. B485-24-1t
~
PEDIATRICIAN - Board certified
or eligible, to associate with pediatrician
in 13-man medical group in Monadnock
area. Apply: Keene Clinic, Keene, New
Hampshire. B492-24-2t
INTERNIST - University trained,
Board certified. Active division of well-
established group of specialists in resi-
dential suburb of Detroit. Excellent op-
portunity for teaching and research avail-
able. Close association with completely-
equipped modern hospital. Starting
salary, $20,000 and up. Opportunity for
partnership without investment. Forward
complete resume to address A409, New
Eng. J. Med. 22-e3w-3t
MEDICAL DIRECTOR - Certified
internist, also certified in a subspecialty,
desires position as medical director in
field of occupational medicine or insur-
ance medicine. Trained at Mayo Clinic
and in university. Background includes
clinical investigation. Experience includes
private practice. Address A421, New
Eng. J. Med. 24-3t
WANTED - GENERAL PRACTI-
TIONER, Board certified otolaryngolo-
gist and obstetrician-gynecologist. Es-
tablished 12-man clinic in northern West
Virginia near University Medical Center.
No investments, excellent income, incre-
ments and fringe benefits. Address A423.
New Eng. J. Med. 24-1t
WANTED - INTERNIST, Board cer-
tified or eligible, to associate with busy
general practitioner and surgeon in New
Hampshire town serving recreational area
of 25,000. New hospital under construc-
tion. No full-time internist in town.
Must be willing to do some general prac-
tice. State full particulars in reply. Ad-
dress A425, New Eng. J. Med. 24-3t
INTERNIST WANTED for immedi-
ate opening. Model rural medical center;
Maine coast. Excellent university hospi-
tal background, Board qualifications, and
desire to combine teaching-level medicine
with country living, mandatory. Special
interest in malignancy and blood dis-
eases desirable. Full-time staff, unusual
benefits. Please send complete personal
and professional data initial communica-
tion. Address A426, New Eng. J. Med.
24-3t
AVAILABLE FELLOWSHIP in pul-
monary diseases. Medical school ap-
pointment in Boston, Massachusetts, in-
cludes pulmonary physiology research,
clinical work, and teaching. Maurice S.
Segal, M.D., Department T, Boston City
Hospital, Boston 18, Massachusetts.
B484-24-3 t
INTERNIST WANTED to take over
busy practice in Caribou, Maine. Well-
equipped office available immediately in
clinic building adjacent to accredited
hospital. Will lend equipment to occu-
pant. Nothing to purchase. Excellent
opportunity. Contact, H. D. Warren,
M.D., 27 North Main Street, Caribou,
Maine or call GY 6-5161. B480-23-2t
PATHOLOGY RESIDENCY - 1 or
2 years starting July 1, 1961. 260-bed
hospital, 25 miles from Boston. Graduate
of United States or Canadian school, or
E.C.F.M.G. qualified. Stipend $250 per
month plus room and board. Contact
Head of Pathology Department, Brock-
ton Hospital, Brockton, Massachusetts.
B465-24-2t
June 15, 1961
WANTED - RESEARCH PHYSI-
CIAN with clinical facilities to test new
phenobarbital drug which is free from side
effects. Financial honorarium available.
Write to Frederic Damrau, M. D., 2
Tudor City Place, New York 17, N. Y.
B486-24-1 t
WANTED - DIETITIAN, prefera-
bly registered, or at least well qualified
to handle 272-bed general hospital. Sal-
ary at least $25 to $30 per day with room
and board. Beautiful nurses' home with
all private rooms nicely furnished. Re-
sponsible for preparing menus and spe-
cial diets and supervising personnel in
entire department. Purchasing is done
through full-time purchasing agent. Write
giving full qualifications to Dover General
Hospital, Jardine Street, Dover, New
Jersey, c/o C. T. Barker, Director.
B488-24-3t
WANTED - Supervisory psychiatrist
($11,856 to $14,300 ) , senior physicians
($11,440 to $13,780), for progressive
program for mentally retarded and men-
tally ill children. Imaginative, industrious
physicians, who must be interested in
clinical or basic research and who wish
to make a personal contribution in a lib-
eral atmosphere, should write for details
to Personnel OfFice, Pineland Hospital &
Training Center, Box C, Pownal, Maine.
B490-24-4t
URGENTLY NEEDED - A general
practitioner for the Woodsville (New
Hampshire)-Wells River (Vermont) area.
New hospital facilities available in the
community. Address inquiries to Harry
M. Rowe, M. D., Wells River, Vermont.
B491-24-1 t
PATHOLOGIST - Age 40, certified
P.A.O.C.P., seeks position in community
hospital, Northeast, semirural. Address
A424, New Eng. J. Med. 24-4t
POSITIONS AVAILABLE for quali-
fied physicians in psychiatric and medical
services of a 1700-bed psychiatric hospi-
tal located in New York State's beautiful
Finger Lakes region. Requirements: li-
censure in any state; age, not over 60.
Salary range, $10,635-$13,730 plus 15%
if certified by an American Specialty
Board. Excellent fringe benefits. Write
Manager, Veterans Administration Hos-
pital, Canandaigua, New York.
B493-24-6t
MEDICAL OFFICES - Just two
suites for doctors left in new professional
building on main street in Lexington,
Massachusetts, with plenty of off-street
parking. Telephone VOlunteer 2-2721
or VOlunteer 2-1539. B483-24-2t
PHYSICIAN, starting medical resi-
dency in one of Boston's hospitals in July
1961 after three years of Navy general
and industrial medicine, desires part-
time position to supplement income. Ad-
dress A420, New Eng. J. Med. 24-2t
ORTHOPEDIC SURGEON to head
seven-man department in large hospital
based group. Partnership in three years.
Address A422, Nezu Eng. J. Med. 24-4t
(Additional advertisements on
pages xxxii and xxxvii)
01148407

Vol. 264 No. 24 ADVERTISING SECTION
menstrual irregularity...
just "functional"?
... or another case of hidden hypothyroidism?
Menstrual irregularity is often the chief complaint -
sometimes the only complaint -of the patient with mild
hypothyroidism. Although the clinical picture in such cases
is frequently unclear, and the results of diagnostic tests are
often inconclusive, many of these patients respond well to
a therapeutic trial of Proloid.
Proloid- preferred therapy whenever thyroid is indicated-
establishes and maintains a euthyroid state safely and
smoothly. An exclusive double assay assures unvarying
metabolic potency from tablet to tablet, from prescription
to prescription, year after year.
Full dosage information, available on request, should be
consulted before initiating therapy.
predictable; safe economical
makers of Tedrat Gelusil Peritrate Mandelamine.
m
xlvii
'1 (.
,,,

xlviii
AS IN THIS CASE:" Fundus
of 62-year-old female who has
THE NEW ENGLAND JOURNAL OF MEDICINE June 15, 1961
When
blood
pressure
must
come down
had severe hypertension for ",
many years. Photo shows effect of ~~
pressure at a-v crossings and various
types of hemorrhage.
When you see eyeground changes like this-
with such hypertensive symptoms as dizziness and
headache-your patient is a candidate for Serpasil-
Apresoline. With this combination the antihyper-
tensive action of Serpasil complements that of
Apresoline to bring blood pressure down to near-
normal levels in many cases. Side effects can be
reduced to a minimum, since Apresoline is effec-
tive in lower dosage when
given with Serpasil.
"Hydralazine [Apresoline] in
daily doses of 300 mg. or less,
when combined with reserpine, produced
a significant hypotensive effect in a large majority
of our patients with fixed hypertension of over
three years' duration."2
Complete information sent on request.
REFERENCES: 1. Bedell, A. J.: Clin. Symposia 9:135 (Sept.-Oct.)
1957. 2. Lee, R. E., Seligman, A. M., Goebel, D., Fulton, L. A.,
and Clark, M. A.: Ann. Int. Med. 44:456 (March) 1956.
suPPUED: Tablets #2 (standard-strength), each containing
0.2 mg. Serpasil and 50 mg. Apresoline hydrochloride.
Tablets #1 (half-strength), each containing 0.1 mg. Serp.asil
and 25 mg. Apresoline hydrochloride. / -2 MK
^(I
~~ Z
' ~ hydrochloride
(reserpine and hydralazine hydrochloride CIBA)

4
Vol. 264 No. 24
ADVERTISING SECTION
Diagnosis:
Sinusitis
..-iy I_j
C'
J j ,3r.
THE SUPERIOR SYSTEMIC ANTIINFLAMMATORY ENZYME
What now?
for one thing
to control in;7un1,mation, swelling and oain in
SINUSITIS, :=;ST;,'i1v1A, ocl.;i_tr in-
i3n]n7utlon, C;ilur fraUn)d In rhinitis, sinusitiS
and asthma, breathing is improved and mucus more
easily expelled from clogged passages when Chymar
is used to thin secretions. Patients have been able to
discontinue use of nose drops, antihistamines and
corticosteroids completely. Others have been able to
breathe normally for the first time in years.' Chymar
hastens the absorption of blood in traumatized tissues
and shortens the course of ophthalmic inflammation.2
Twenty-four hours will often see a vast improvement in
ocular trauma and inflammation when Chymar is used
as soon as possible.3
~
r S
1. Parsons, D. J.: Clin. Med. 5:1491, 1958. the systemic
route to
~ 2. Fullgrabe, E. A.: Ann. New York Acad. /aster
~ Sc. 68:193, 1957. 3. Jenkins, B. H.: J.M.A. healing at
Georgia 45:431, 1958. any location
ARMOUR PHARMACEUTICAL COMPANY
KANKAKEE, ILLINOIS A Leader in Biochemiral Research
.......................CHYMAR . ..........
Chymar Aqueous and Chymr (rn oll) contain crystallized cNamotreps,n, a proleda4
enzyme with systemic anti-inflammatory properhn. Each [[ Of Ch.mar contLns SJ00
Armour Units of chymotrypsin, 0.18% methyl paraben- 00:"; proDat pu+un 1
aluminum monpslearate. Q.s. sesame od. Eaah « of Chemar Aoueovs conla.ns 5:(A
Armour Units of chymolrypsin, 0.9 e sodium ahlorrde. 0 i ; ukum aae!ate. C'-1 ;
thimerosal, O.s. Water for Iniecbon. ACTION: Reduces rnEammatcn of a n f,cw rrucn
and prevents edema eecept that Of Cardrac or renal or,g,n. hastens absGrpl on of cbod
and lymph ealnvasaln: helps to liquefy tb-cY tenacwus mucon saret ons rntan
localcirculation;promolnneabnt.reducnwrn INDICATIOhS CnrmaraIna<ated.n
rnpiratory conddrons such as asthma. broncndn. s,nusd,s and rn,n.bs ,n arr.Cenlal
Irauma ta speed relluctronof hemalomas.brwsnaedcentus.ons -nnamma!nrr, ^er-.a-
Iosntoamelrprateacuternflammat,En,nconluntlGnw,InstJndardlhffap- narne(olueccond,hons thenpeutrca0y
of m conrunetan .,tn anl,bal<s in pel.K ,nrammatory
Ouease: in sur¢ral procedures as biopvn. 6 I suraery, nernq repa~n nemorrro,dec-
lomin, plastK surgery And Ihrombophlep.tn in pe01K YkerS a1d u/.fr)Lre <Whi ai an
adluncttod.el.antrswsmOdKS.antaUns.etc inaenl0arnar.asoraersatepm~dyn'~ts,
Urcnit-s and proslablrs. ,n e1e cunc-tans as acul. conruncl.ta. luumat4 edema,
hematomas. and eye surgery, in dental and oul sur¢ery as Iraclures Of Ine mandible
maadU. alveo4clomies. d<nure hlhna. a'd mWripre e.tracFonsi and in obstebics
as in epi siolom~n, preast enlor¢emenl, and tnromppDhrep~t~s PRECAUTIONS: Chyrnar
andChsmarAOueousaretor,nlramuKUrar,nlNt~Dnonly Altnou¢hsensitrvitylochymD-
Irypsrn is uncommon, reactions to antr-rnllammlGry ent,mn nAvr beerl observed. The
usual remedHl agenls eprnephrrne. conccotroprn RP ACTHAR GeL. anthrslamine,
ammDphylhne, elc i should be readily a.L4bte in case of untoward rea[trons Precau-
bons -seralch testing fpr CAymar in pJ.. scnlch or mhadermal testing lor Chymar
AOUeous~ should be eaerused in Inoie paUenls wdn known or susDected allerg,es or
sensrUvrlres. As wilh any farergn prptNn, palienls may develop sensitivity from repealed
rnleclrpns. It is. therefore, lKommended that Ihe abpve precautrons be considered
prior to administralron. In lurlher treatmenl of those pat,enls in whom a previous n-
leclron of chymotrypsin produced signs of possible sensrtivrly. such as localized edema
and erythema at rnlec0on sdes ur6carral conjunctrvrtrs, etc . parl,cular care must be
esercised. INCOMPATIBILITIES: With usual agents, none knawn-eg, compatible
with antibiotics and anesthelics. DOSAGE: 0.5 cc, to 10 ccc deep intramuscularly once
or twice daily, depending on severity of condrtion. Decrease frequency as course Of
condition is allered. In chronic or recurrent condit,ons. 0.5 ccc to 1.0 cc. once or twice
weekly. SUPPLIED: Chymar in Oil 5 cc. vials and Chymar Aqueous 1 and 5 ccc vuls:5000
Armour Units of prpteolytic aclnrty per cc. Highly Purified.
0 May, 1961, A.P. Co.

June 15, 1961
Weight problem? Start the reducing program right,
.keep it going right with Esidrix° F
Esidrix-Ke
Recent studies show that the diuretic action of Esidrix
improves results of weight-reducing programs 2 ways:
1. As an adjuvant in initiating treatment:
Esidrix induces greater weight losses in
the first few days than a conventional
regimen.' This weight loss may be signifi-
cant in itself (depending on the degree
of fluid retention). But more than that, the
quick loss of even a few pounds builds
confidence in the weight-reducing pro-
gram, inspires determination to follow it
faithfully.
2. As an adjuvant in maintenance treat-
ment: Esidrix eliminates retained water-
with consequent weight losses-to break
through the weight plateaus so often en-
countered in antiobesity programs. (See
schematic graph below.) The new weight
loss cheers the patient and helps over-
come his tendency to eat too much.
(Adapted from Einhorn and Kalb1)
Esidrix`
(hydrochiorothiazide cIBA)
Photograph used with patient's permission.
For complete information about Esidrix and
Esidrix-K (including dosage, side effects,
and cautions), see Physicians' Desk Refer-
ence, or write CIBA, Summit, N. J.
Referenees: 1. Ray. R. E: To be published. 2. Ein
horn, H. P., and Kalb, S. W.: Clin. Med. 7:1995
(Oct.) 1960.
Supplied: EsIDRIx Tablets, 25 mg. (pink,
scored) and 50 mg. (yellow, scored).
EsIDRIx-K Tablets 25/500 (white, coated),
each containing 25 mg. Esidrix and 500 mg.
potassium chloride. NEW STRENGTH ESIDRIX-K
NOW AVAILABLE: ESIDRIX-K Tablets 50/1000
(white, coated), each containing 50 mg.
Esidrix and 1000 mg. potassium chloride.
01148411
2f2921 MR.,
C 1 13 A
SUMMIT-NEW JERSEY

---
